Anritsu 682XXB Portable Generator User Manual

SERIES
682XXB/683XXB
SYNTHESIZED SIGNAL GENERATORS
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
490 JARVIS DRIVE
MORGAN HILL, CA 95037-2809
P/N: 10370-10290
REVISION: H
PRINTED: AUGUST 2003
COPYRIGHT 2003 ANRITSU CO.
WARRANTY
The ANRITSU product(s) listed on the title page is (are) warranted against defects in materials and
workmanship for one year from the date of shipment.
ANRITSU’s obligation covers repairing or replacing products which prove to be defective during the
warranty period. Buyers shall prepay transportation charges for equipment returned to ANRITSU
for warranty repairs. Obligation is limited to the original purchaser. ANRITSU is not liable for consequential damages.
LIMITATION OF WARRANTY
The foregoing warranty does not apply to ANRITSU connectors that have failed due to normal wear.
Also, the warranty does not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by
the Buyer, unauthorized modification or misuse, or operation outside of the environmental specifications of the product. No other warranty is expressed or implied, and the remedies provided herein
are the Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedies.
TRADEMARK ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Adobe Acrobat is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
NOTICE
ANRITSU Company has prepared this manual for use by ANRITSU Company personnel and customers as a guide for the proper installation, operation, and maintenance of ANRITSU Company
equipment and computor programs. The drawings, specifications, and information contained herein
are the property of ANRITSU Company, and any unauthorized use or disclosure of these drawings,
specifications, and information is prohibited; they shall not be reproduced, copied, or used in whole
or in part as the basis for manufacture or sale of the equipment or software programs without the
prior writtten consent of ANRITSU Company.
Table Of Contents
Chapter 1 - General Information
1-1
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-3
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5
ELECTRONIC MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-6
RELATED MANUALS . . . . . .
Operation Manual . . . . . . .
GPIB Programming Manual . .
SCPI Programming Manual . .
1-7
OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-8
LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . .
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration . . . . . . . . . .
Preventive Maintenance . . . .
1-9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-10
STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENT HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-11
STARTUP CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-12
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . 1-12
1-13
EXCHANGE ASSEMBLY PROGRAM . . . . . . . 1-14
1-14
REPLACEABLE SUBASSEMBLIES AND PARTS 1-14
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
Chapter 2 - Functional Description
2-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-2
682XXB/683XXB MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
Digital Control. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Synthesis . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Instruction . . . . . . . . . . .
YIG Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function Generator . . . . . . . . . .
682XXB/683XXB MM
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-5
i
Table of Contents (Continued)
ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation . .
RF Deck . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . .
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . .
Motherboard/Interconnections
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-3
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Phase-Lock Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
RF Outputs 0.01 to 65 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Phase Modulation (Option 6) . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Analog Sweep Mode (683XXB only) . . . . . . . 2-14
Step Sweep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-4
ALC/AM/PULSE MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
ALC Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Pulse Generator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-5
RF DECK ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Configurations . . . . . . . . . .
YIG-tuned Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Level Control and Modulation . . . .
RF Signal Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter . . . . . . .
0.5 to 2.2 GHz Digital Down Converter . . .
Switched Doubler Module . . . . . . . . . .
Source Quadrupler Module . . . . . . . . .
Power Level Detection/ALC Loop . . . . . .
Step Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-25
2-26
2-29
2-30
2-31
Chapter 3 - Performance Verification
ii
3-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3
TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-4
CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 3-3
3-5
682XXB/683XXB POWER LEVELS . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-6
INTERNAL TIME BASE AGING RATE TEST . . . 3-8
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Test Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
682XXB/683XXB MM
Table of Contents (Continued)
3-7
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS TESTS . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure.
Fine Loop Test Procedure . . . . . . .
3-8
SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
£2 GHz (£2.2 GHz for 68XX5B MODELS) . . . . . 3-14
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
0.01 - 2 GHz Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
0.5 - 2.2 GHz Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-9
HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
FROM 2 TO 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) . . . . . . . .
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-10
SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST . . . . 3-22
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3-11
POWER LEVEL ACCURACY AND FLATNESS
TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure . . . . .
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure . . . . .
.
.
.
.
3-26
3-26
3-27
3-27
3-12
AMPLITUDE MODULATION TEST . . . . . . . . 3-30
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
AM Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-13
FREQUENCY MODULATION TESTS . . . . . . . 3-33
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
FM Input Sensitivity Procedure . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-14
PULSE MODULATION TESTS: RISE TIME,
FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rise/Fall Time and Overshoot . . . . . . . .
Pulse Leveling Accuracy . . . . . . . . . .
3-15
682XXB/683XXB MM
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-39
3-39
3-40
3-41
PULSE MODULATION TEST: VIDEO
FEEDTHROUGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
iii
Table of Contents (Continued)
3-16
PULSE MODULATION TEST: RF ON/OFF RATIO 3-45
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-17
PHASE MODULATION TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
FM Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-48
Chapter 4 - Calibration
iv
4-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3
TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-4
CALIBRATION FOLLOWING SUBASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-5
CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 4-4
4-6
INITIAL SETUP. . . .
Interconnection . . .
PC Setup — Windows
PC Setup — Windows
4-7
PRELIMINARY CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Calibration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4-8
SWITCHED FILTER SHAPER CALIBRATION .
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration . . . . . . . .
Limiter DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaper DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9
RF LEVEL CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-10
ALC SLOPE CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
ALC Slope DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
4-11
ALC BANDWIDTH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . 4-31
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Bandwidth Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
95 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
.
.
.
.
.
4-17
4-17
4-18
4-18
4-19
682XXB/683XXB MM
Table of Contents (Continued)
4-12
AM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
AM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
4-13
FM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-14
PHASE MODULATION (FM) CALIBRATION . . . 4-51
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Chapter 5 - Troubleshooting
5-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-2
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3
ERROR AND WARNING/STATUS MESSAGES. . . 5-3
Self-Test Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Normal Operation Error and Warning/
Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-4
MALFUNCTIONS NOT DISPLAYING AN ERROR
MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-5
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Chapter 6 - Removal and Replacement Procedures
6-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-2
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE CHASSIS
COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-3
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-4
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A3, A4, A5,
OR A6 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
682XXB/683XXB MM
v
Table of Contents (Continued)
6-5
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A7 PCB. . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-6
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A8, A9, A10,
A11, OR A12 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-7
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A13, A14,
OR A15 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-8
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A16
OR A17 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-9
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A18
OR A19 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6-10
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE REAR
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-11
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21 PCB . . 6-16
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6-12
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21-1 PCB . 6-17
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-13
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FAN
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Appendix A - Test Records
A-1
vi
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
682XXB/683XXB MM
Chapter 1
General Information
Table of Contents
1-1
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-3
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5
ELECTRONIC MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-6
RELATED MANUALS . . . . . .
Operation Manual . . . . . . .
GPIB Programming Manual . .
SCPI Programming Manual . .
1-7
OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-8
LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . .
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration . . . . . . . . . .
Preventive Maintenance . . . .
1-9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-10
STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENT HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-11
STARTUP CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-12
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . 1-12
1-13
EXCHANGE ASSEMBLY PROGRAM . . . . . . . 1-14
1-14
REPLACEABLE SUBASSEMBLIES AND PARTS 1-15
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
Figure 1-1.
Typical Series 682XXB/683XXB Synthesized Signal Generator (Model 68369B Shown)
Chapter 1
General Information
1-1
SCOPE OF MANUAL
This manual provides service information for all models of the Series
682XXB/683XXB Synthesized Signal Generators. The service information includes replaceable parts information, functional circuit descriptions, block diagrams, performance verification tests, and procedures
for calibration, troubleshooting, and assembly/subassembly removal
and replacement. (Throughout this manual, the terms 682XXB/
683XXB and signal generator will be used interchangeably to refer to
the instrument.) Manual organization is shown in the table of contents.
NOTE
Service information for the series 682XXB signal generators
and series 683XXB signal generators is combined into one
manual because identical model numbers of each series contain the same assemblies, subassemblies, and components.
Differences between the series are noted where applicable
throughout the manual.
1-2
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a general description of the Series 682XXB/
683XXB Synthesized Signal Generators, identification numbers,
related manuals, and options. Information is included concerning level
of maintenance, replaceable subassemblies and RF components,
exchange assembly program, and preventive maintenance. Staticsensitive component handling precautions and lists of exchangeable
subassemblies and recommended test equipment are also provided.
1-3
DESCRIPTION
The Series 682XXB Synthesized Signal Generator and the Series
683XXB Synthesized Signal Generator are microprocessor-based,
synthesized signal sources with high resolution phase-lock capability.
They generate both discrete CW frequencies and broad (full range)
and narrow band sweeps across the frequency range of 10 MHz to
65 GHz. All functions of the signal generators are fully controllable
locally from the front panel or remotely (except for power on/standby)
via the IEEE-488 General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB).
The Series 682XXB Synthesized Signal Generator and the Series
683XXB Synthesized Signal Generator each presently consists of 15
models covering a variety of frequency ranges and power levels. Table
1-1, pages 1-4 and 1-5, lists models, frequency ranges, and maximum
leveled output.
682XXB/683XXB MM
1-3
GENERAL
INFORMATION
682XXB/683XXB
MODELS
Table 1-1.
1-4
Series 682XXB/683XXB Models (1 of 2)
68XXXB
Model
Frequency
(GHz)
Output Power
Output Power
w/Step Attenuator
68X37B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
68X45B
0.5 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
68X47B
0.01 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
68X53B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.5 dBm
68X55B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.5 dBm
68X59B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.5 dBm
68X63B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X65B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X69B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X75B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
+11.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.0 dBm
68X77B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
+12.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.0 dBm
68X85B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 60.0 GHz
+11.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.5 dBm
–2.0 dBm
68X87B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 60.0 GHz
+12.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.5 dBm
–2.0 dBm
68X95B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 65.0 GHz
+11.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–2.0 dBm
Not Available
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
Table 1-1.
Series 682XXB/683XXB Models (2 of 2)
68XXXB
Model
Frequency
(GHz)
Output Power
Output Power
w/Step Attenuator
68X97B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 65.0 GHz
+12.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–2.0 dBm
Not Available
With Option 15B (High Power) Installed
1-4
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
682XXB/683XXB MM
68X37B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
+17.0 dBm
+15.0 dBm
68X45B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+17.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+15.0 dBm
68X47B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+17.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+15.0 dBm
68X53B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.5 dBm
68X55B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.5 dBm
68X59B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.5 dBm
68X63B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X65B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X69B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X75B
0.5 – 50.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X77B
0.01 – 50.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X85B
0.5 – 60.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X87B
0.01 – 60.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X95B
0.5 - 65.0 GHz
Standard
Not Available
68X97B
0.01 – 65.0 GHz
Standard
Not Available
All ANRITSU instruments are assigned a unique six-digit ID number,
such as “403002.” The ID number is imprinted on a decal that is affixed to the rear panel of the unit. Special-order instrument configurations also have an additional special serial number tag attached to the
rear panel of the unit.
1-5
GENERAL
INFORMATION
ELECTRONIC
MANUAL
When ordering parts or corresponding with ANRITSU Customer Service, please use the correct serial number with reference to the specific
instrument’s model number (i.e., Model 68347B Synthesized Signal
Generator, Serial No. 403002).
1-5
ELECTRONIC MANUAL
This manual is available on CD ROM as an Adobe Acrobat Portable
Document Format (*.pdf) file. The file can be viewed using Acrobat
Reader, a free program that is also included on the CD ROM. The file
is “linked” such that the viewer can choose a topic to view from the
displayed “bookmark” list and “jump” to the manual page on which the
topic resides. The text can also be word-searched. Contact ANRITSU
Customer Service for price and availability.
1-6
RELATED MANUALS
This is one of a four manual set that consists of an Operation Manual,
a GPIB Programming Manual, a SCPI Programming Manual, and a
Maintenance Manual.
1-6
Operation
Manual
This manual provides information and instructions
for operation of the series 682XXB/683XXB signal
generators using the front panel controls. It also includes general information, performance specifications, installation instructions, and operation
verification procedures. The ANRITSU part number
for the Operation Manual is 10370-10284.
GPIB
Programming
Manual
This manual provides information for remote operation of the series 682XXB/683XXB signal generators
using Product Specific commands sent from an external controller via the IEEE 488 General Purpose
Interface Bus (GPIB). It contains a complete listing
and description of all 682XXB/683XXB GPIB Product Specific commands and several programming
examples. The ANRITSU part number for the GPIB
Programming Manual is 10370-10286.
SCPI
Programming
Manual
This manual provides information for remote operation of the series 682XXB/683XXB signal generators
using Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI) commands sent from an external
controller via the IEEE 488 General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB). It contains a complete listing and
description of each command in the 682XXB/
683XXB SCPI command set and examples of command usage. The ANRITSU part number for the
SCPI Programming Manual is 10370-10288.
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
1-7
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
The following instrument options are available.
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
Option 1, Rack Mounting. Rack mount kit containing a set of
track slides (90° tilt capability), mounting ears, and front panel
handles for mounting the instrument in a standard 19-inch
equipment rack.
Option 2A, 110 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 110 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £26.5 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
Option 2B, 110 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 110 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £40 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
Option 2C, 90 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 90 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £50 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
Option 2D, 90 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 90 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £60 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
Option 6, Phase Modulation (FM). Adds phase modulation capability. The internal FM generator becomes the FM/FM generator. (Not available in combination with Option 7.)
Option 7, Delete AM/FM Generator. Deletes the internal AM
and FM generators. External AM and FM capability remains unchanged. (Not available in combination with Option 8 or Option
20.)
Option 8, Internal Power Meter. Adds an internal power
meter that is compatible with ANRITSU 560-7, 5400-71, or 640071 series detectors. (Not available in combination with Option 7.)
Option 9, Rear Panel RF Output. Moves the RF output connector to the rear panel.
Option 11, 0.1 Hz Frequency Resolution. Provides frequency
resolution of 0.1 Hz.
Option 14, ANRITSU 360B VNA Compatibility. Modifies rack
mounting hardware to mate unit in a ANRITSU 360B VNA console.
Option 15B, High Power Output. Adds high-power RF components to the instrument providing increased RF output power in
the 2–26.5 GHz frequency range. Option 15B is standard in models having a high-end frequency that is >40 GHz.
Option 16, High-Stability Time Base. Adds an ovenized,
10 MHz crystal oscillator with <5 x 10–10/day frequency stability.
1-7
GENERAL
INFORMATION
LEVEL OF
MAINTENANCE
q
q
q
q
1-8
LEVEL OF
MAINTENANCE
Option 18, mmWave Module Bias Output. Provides bias output for 54000-xWRxx Millimeter Wave Source Modules. BNC
Twinax connector, rear panel.
Option 19, SCPI Programmability. Adds GPIB command
mnemonics complying with Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI), Version 1993. SCPI programming
complies with IEEE 488.2-1987.
Option 20, SCAN Modulator. Adds an internal SCAN modulator for simulating high-depth amplitude modulated signals in
models 68237B/68337B, 68245B/68345B, and 68247B/68347B
only. Requires an external modulating signal. (Not available in
combination with Option 7.)
Maintenance of the 682XXB/683XXB consists of:
q
q
q
q
1-8
Option 17A, No Front Panel. Deletes the front panel for use in
remote control applications where a front panel display or keyboard control are not needed.
Troubleshooting the instrument to a replaceable subassembly or
RF component.
Repair by replacing the failed subassembly or RF component.
Calibration.
Preventive maintenance.
Troubleshooting
The 682XXB/683XXB firmware includes internal
diagnostics that self-test most of the internal assemblies of the instrument. When the signal generator
fails self-test, one or more error messages are displayed to aid in troubleshooting the failure to a
replaceable subassembly or RF component. Chapter
5 lists and describes the self-test error messages
and provides procedures for isolating 682XXB/
683XXB failures to a replaceable subassembly or RF
component.
Repair
Most instrument failures are field repairable by replacing the failed subassembly or RF component.
Detailed instructions for removing and replacing
failed subassemblies and components are provided
in Chapter 6.
Calibration
The signal generator may require calibration after
repair. Refer to Chapter 4 for a listing of calibration
requirements and calibration procedures.
Preventive
Maintenance
Preventive maintenance on the 682XXB/683XXB
consists of cleaning the fan honeycomb filter, described in paragraph 1-8.
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
1-9
PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE
The 682XXB/683XXB must always receive adequate ventilation. A
blocked fan filter can cause the instrument to overheat and shut down.
Check and clean the rear panel fan honeycomb filter periodically.
Clean the fan honeycomb filter more frequently in dusty environments. Clean the filter as follows.
Step 1
Remove the filter guard from the rear panel by pulling out on the four panel fasteners holding them in
place (Figure 1-2).
Step 2
Vacuum the honeycomb filter to clean it.
Step 3
Install the filter guard back on the rear panel.
Step 4
Press in on the panel fasteners to secure the filter
guard to the rear panel.
Filter
Guard
Panel
Fastener (4)
Figure 1-2.
1-10
STATIC-SENSITIVE
COMPONENT
HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS
Removing/Replacing the Fan Filter Guard
The 682XXB/683XXB contains components that can be damaged by
static electricity. Figure 1-3 illustrates the precautions that should be
followed when handling static-sensitive subassemblies and components. If followed, these precautions will minimize the possibilities of
static-shock damage to these items.
NOTE
Use of a grounded wrist strap when removing and/or replacing subassemblies or components is strongly recommended.
682XXB/683XXB MM
1-9
GENERAL
INFORMATION
STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENT
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
1. Do not touch exposed contacts
on any static sensitive
component.
2. Do not slide static sensitive
component across any surface.
3. Do not handle static sensitive
components in areas where the
floor or work surface covering
is capable of generating a
static charge.
4. Wear a static-discharge wristband when working with static
sensitive components.
5.
Label all static sensitive devices.
6. Keep component leads shorted
together whenever possible.
7. Handle PCBs only by their
edges. Do not handle by the
edge connectors.
8. Lift & handle solid state devices by their bodies – never
by their leads.
9. Transport and store PCBs and
other static sensitive devices
in static-shielded containers.
10. ADDITIONAL PRECAUTIONS:
· Keep workspaces clean and free of any objects capable of holding or storing a static charge.
· Connect soldering tools to an earth ground.
· Use only special anti-static suction or wick-type desoldering tools.
Figure 1-3.
1-10
Static-Sensitive Component Handling Precautions
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
1-11
STARTUP
CONFIGURATIONS
START UP
CONFIGURATION
The 682XXB/683XXB comes from the factory with a jumper across
pins 2 and 3 of front panel connector J12 (Figure 1-4). In this configuration, connecting the instrument to line power automatically places it
in operate mode (front panel OPERATE LED on).
The startup configuration can be changed so that the signal generator
comes up in standby mode (front panel STANDBY LED on) when it is
connected to line power. Change the startup configuration as follows:
Step 1
Disconnect the instrument from line power.
Step 2
Remove the top cover from the 682XXB/683XXB.
(Refer to Chapter 6 for instructions).
Step 3
Locate front panel connector J12 and remove the
jumper from across pins 2 and 3. It is located on the
A2A1 PCB which plugs into the Front Panel Assembly.
Step 4
Install the jumper across pins 1 and 2 of connector
J12.
Step 5
Install the top cover and connect the signal generator to line power. The instrument should come up in
standby mode.
Figure 1-4.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Startup Configuration of Connector J12
1-11
GENERAL
INFORMATION
1-12
Table 1-2.
RECOMMENDED
TEST EQUIPMENT
RECOMMENDED TEST
EQUIPMENT
Table 1-2 provides a list of recommended test equipment needed for
the performance verification, calibration, and troubleshooting procedures presented in this manual.
Recommended Test Equipment (1 of 3)
INSTRUMENT
CRITICAL
SPECIFICATION
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
USAGE (1)
Spectrum Analyzer,
with
External Mixers
and
Diplexer Assy
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 65 GHz
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz
Tektronix, Model 2794, with
External Mixers:
WM780K (18 to 26.5 GHz)
WM780A (26.5 to 40 GHz)
WM780U (40 to 60 GHz)
WM780E (60 to 90 GHz)
Diplexer Assy: 015-0385-00
Spectrum Analyzer
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 40 MHz
Resolution Bandwidth: 3 Hz
Hewlett-Packard, Model 3585B
Frequency Counter
with
Cable Kit
and
External Mixer
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 65 GHz
Input Impedance: 50W
Resolution: 1 Hz
Other: External Time Base Input
EIP Microwave, Inc. Models 538B, 548B,
or 578B, with
Cable Kit: Option 590
and
External Mixer:
Option 91 (26.5 to 40 GHz)
Option 92 (40 to 60 GHz)
Option 93 (60 to 90 GHz)
C, P
Power Meter,
with Power Sensor
Power Range: –30 to +20 dBm
(1mW to 100mW)
Hewlett-Packard Model 437B, with
Power Sensor:
HP 8487A (0.01 to 50 GHz)
C, P
Power Meter,
with Power Sensor
Power Range: –30 to +20 dBm
(1mW to 100mW)
ANRITSU ML4803A, with
Power Sensor:
MP716A4 (50 to 75 GHz)
C, P
Digital Multimeter
Resolution: 4-1/2 digits (to 20V)
DC Accuracy: 0.002% +2 counts
DC Input Impedance: 10 MW
AC Accuracy: 0.07% +100 counts
(to 20 kHz)
AC Input Impedance: 1 MW
John Fluke, Inc., Model 8840A, with
Option 8840A-09K (True RMS AC)
C, T
Frequency Reference
Frequency: 10 MHz
Accuracy: 5 x 10-12 parts/day
Absolute Time Corp., Model 300
P
Frequency Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Accuracy: 1 ´ 10–10 parts/day
Spectracom Corp., Model 8161
C
Function Generator
Output Voltage: 2 volts peak-to-peak
Functions: 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz sine and
square waveforms
Hewlett-Packard, Model 8116A
C
Function Generator
Output Voltage: 2 volts peak-to-peak
Functions: 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz sine and
square waveforms
Hewlett-Packard, Model 33120A
C
1-12
C, P, T
P
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Table 1-2.
RECOMMENDED
TEST EQUIPMENT
Recommended Test Equipment (2 of 3)
CRITICAL
SPECIFICATION
INSTRUMENT
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
USAGE (1)
Modulation Analyzer
Frequency Input: 10 MHz
Hewlett-Packard, Model 8901A
(or the IF of the Spectrum Analyzer)
AM Depth: 0% to 90%
AM Modulation Rates: DC to 100 kHz
Filters: 20 kHz lowpass, 300 Hz highpass
Oscilloscope
Bandwidth: DC to 150 MHz
Vertical Sensitivity: 2mV/division
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/division
Tektronix, Inc. Model TAS485
P, T
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 to 26 GHz
Macom Micro Electronics Div.
Model DMS1-26A
P
Scalar Network
Analyzer, with
RF Detector
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 50 GHz
ANRITSU, Model 562, with
RF Detector:
560-7K50 (0.01 to 40 GHz)
560-7VA50 (0.01 to 50 GHz)
SC5198 (40 to 60 GHz)
C, T
Adapter
K (male) to 2.4 mm (female)
Adapts the Power Sensor, HP 8487A, to
the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT connector (£40 GHz models)
Hewlett-Packard
Part Number: HP 11904D
C, P
Adapter
Adapts the MP716A4 Power Sensor to
the ML4803A Power Meter
ANRITSU MA4002B
C, P
Adapter
WR15 to V (male)
Adapts the MP716A4 Power Sensor to
the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT
connector (>40 GHz models)
ANRITSU, Model 35WR15V
C, P
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41KC-10
C, P
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41KC-20
P
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41V-10
C, P
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41V-20
P
RF Detector
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz
Output Polarity: Negative
ANRITSU, Model 75KC50
(K input/BNC output connectors)
T
RF Detector
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 50 GHz
Output Polarity: Negative
ANRITSU, Model 75VA50
(V input/BNC output connectors)
T
682XXB/683XXB MM
P
1-13
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Table 1-2.
EXCHANGE
ASSEMBLY PROGRAM
Recommended Test Equipment (3 of 3)
CRITICAL
SPECIFICATION
INSTRUMENT
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
USAGE (1)
Microwave (Pulse)
Detector
Output Polarity: Negative
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz
ANRITSU, Model SC3800
(K input/BNC output connectors)
P
High Pass Filter
150 MHz High-Pass Filter (DC Block)
Narda, Model 4564
P
Low Pass Filter
450 MHz Low-Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits, Model SLP-450
P
Personal Computer
PC Configuration: IBM AT or compatible
Operating System: Windows 3.1
Accessories: Mouse
Any common source
C
Serial Interface Assy
Provides serial interface between the PC
and the 682XXB/683XXB.
ANRITSU P/N: T1678
C
Tee
Cables
Connectors: 50W BNC
Connectors: 50W BNC
Any common source
C, P
Any common source
C, P, T
NOTES: (1) P = Performance Verification Tests (Chapter 3); C = Calibration (Chapter 4); T = Troubleshooting (Chapter 5)
1-13
EXCHANGE
ASSEMBLY PROGRAM
ANRITSU maintains an exchange assembly program for selected
682XXB/683XXB subassemblies and RF components. If a malfunction
occurs in one of these subassemblies, the defective unit can be exchanged. Upon receiving your request, ANRITSU will ship the exchange subassembly or RF component to you, typically within 24
hours. You then have 45 days in which to return the defective item. All
exchange subassemblies or RF components are warranted for 90 days
from the date of shipment, or for the balance of the original equipment
warranty, whichever is longer.
Please have the exact model number and serial number of your unit
available when requesting this service, as the information about your
unit is filed according to the instrument’s model and serial number.
For more information about the program, contact your local sales representative or call your local ANRITSU service center. Refer to Table
1-5, on page 1-18, for a list of current ANRITSU service centers.
1-14
REPLACEABLE
SUBASSEMBLIES
AND PARTS
Table 1-3 lists those replaceable subassemblies and RF components of
the 682XXB/683XXB that are presently covered by the ANRITSU exchange assembly program. Table 1-4, on page 1-16, lists common replaceable parts for the 682XXB/683XXB that are not presently on the
exchange assembly program.
All parts listed in Tables 1-3 and 1-4 may be ordered from your local
ANRITSU service center.
1-14
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
PARTS LIST
Table 1-3.
Replaceable Subassemblies and RF Components (1 of 2)
SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME
ANRITSU PART NUMBER
Printed Circuit Board Assemblies
Front Panel Assy 683XXB
Front Panel Assy 682XXB
A3 Reference Loop PCB Assy
A4 Coarse Loop PCB Assy
A4 Coarse Loop PCB Assy
A5 Fine Loop PCB Assy
A5 Fine Loop PCB Assy
A5 Fine Loop PCB Assy (w/Option 11)
A5 Fine Loop PCB Assy
A5 Fine Loop PCB Assy (w/Option 11)
A6 Pulse Generator PCB Assy
A6 Pulse Generator PCB Assy
A7 YIG Loop PCB Assy
A7 YIG Loop PCB Assy
A8 Function Generator PCB Assy
A8 Function Generator PCB Assy
A9 PIN Control PCB Assy
A9 PIN Control PCB Assy
A9 PIN Control PCB Assy
A10 ALC PCB Assy
A11 FM PCB Assy
A11 FM PCB Assy
A11 FM PCB Assy (w/Option 6)
A12 Analog Instruction PCB Assy
A12 Analog Instruction PCB Assy (682XXB)
A13 YIG Driver PCB Assy
A14 SDM Driver PCB Assy, 26.5 GHz
A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB Assy
A15 Regulator PCB Assy
A16 CPU Interface PCB Assy
A17 CPU PCB Assy
A18 Power Supply PCB Assy
A19 Line Conditioner PCB Assy
A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB Assy
A21-1 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB Assy
10 MHz Crystal Oscillator Assy
682XXB/683XXB MM
ND40832
ND40833
D37436-3
D40604-3
D40634-3
D37452-3
D40605-3
ND39917
D40635-3
D40635-7
D40606-3
D40626-3
D40607-3
D40637-3
D37408-3
D40608-3
D40609-3
D40629-3
D40639-3
D40610-3
D40611-3
D40641-3
D40641-4
D37448-3
D40612-3
D40613-3
D40614-4
D40614-3
D40615-3
D37416-3
D37444-3
D40618-3
D40619-3
ND39918
ND39919
D37332
1-15
GENERAL
INFORMATION
PARTS LIST
Table 1-3.
Replaceable Subassemblies and RF Components (2 of 2)
SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME
ANRITSU PART NUMBER
RF Components
YIG-Tuned Oscillator, 2 to 20 GHz
Down Converter
Pulsed Digital Down Converter
Switched Doubler Module, 20 to 26.5 GHz
Switched Doubler Module, 20 to 40 GHz
Source Quadrupler Module, 40 to 50 GHz
Source Quadrupler Module, 40 to 60 GHz
Source Quadrupler Module, 40 to 65 GHz
Forward Coupler, 60 GHz and 65 GHz
Coupler, 40 GHz
Coupler, 60 GHz
Pulsed Switched Filter
Pulsed Switched Filter
Pulsed Switched Filter (w/Option 15B)
Pulsed Switched Filter (w/Option 15B)
Output Connector Assy, K female
Output Connector Assy, V female
Step Attenuator, 110 dB, 26.5 GHz
Step Attenuator, 110 dB, 40 GHz
Step Attenuator, 90 dB, 50 GHz
Step Attenuator, 90 dB, 60 GHz
Table 1-4.
Common Replaceable Subassemblies and Parts (1 of 2)
SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME
1-16
C27327
D27330
D27370
ND40843
D28535
D28185
60-141
60-142
C27184
D27115
D27350
D25015
D29391
D26350
D29392
ND39077
ND40835
D27152
D25080
D27315
D28957
ANRITSU PART NUMBER
Cap, Protective (for RF Output Connector)
Cover, Top
Cover, Bottom
Cover, Side
Cover, Side Handle
A20304
D37131
D37135
D37133
761-67
Cover, CPU Housing
Cover, Main Card Cage
Cover, Power Supply Housing
C37063
D37064
C37062
EMI Gasket for side covers
EMI Gasket for side covers
EMI Gasket for Front Panel Assy
790-437
790-390
790-223
682XXB/683XXB MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION
PARTS LIST
Table 1-4.
Common Replaceable Subassemblies and Parts (2 of 2)
SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME
ANRITSU PART NUMBER
Fan Assembly
Fan Mount
Fan Membrane (Honey Comb Filter)
Fan Grill
Fasteners (for Fan Grill)
A40513
790-425
C37137
790-426
790-433
Fuse, 5A, 3AG Slow Blow (110 Vac)
Fuse, 2.5A, 3AG Slow Blow (230 Vac)
Gasket, RFI (“O”rings for MCX connectors)
631-33
631-14
790-393
Handle, Side Carrying
Screw, Handle Side Carrying
783-830
900-714
Line Module
Shield Cover
Shield
Standoff
Tape
260-11
D37228
D37229
785-922
850-70
Foot, Rear Bottom Left
Foot, Rear Bottom Right
Foot, Rear Top Left
Foot, Rear Top Right
Screw, Green Head
2000-548
2000-549
2000-552
2000-553
2000-560
682XXB/683XXB without Front Handles Installed
Foot, Front Bottom Left
Foot, Front Bottom Right
Foot, Front Top Left
Foot, Front Top Right
2000-546
2000-547
2000-550
2000-551
682XXB/683XXB with Front Handles Installed
Upper Insert
Foot, Bottom Left
Foot,Bottom Right
Handle, Left
Handle, Right
Tilt Bail
682XXB/683XXB MM
B37147
C37170
C37171
D37168-2
D37169-2
790-435
1-17
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Table 1-5.
ANRITSU
SERVICE CENTERS
ANRITSU Service Centers
UNITED STATES
FRANCE
JAPAN
ANRITSU COMPANY
490 Jarvis Drive
Morgan Hill, CA 95037-2809
Telephone: (408) 776-8300
1-800-ANRITSU
FAX: 408-776-1744
ANRITSU S.A
9 Avenue du Quebec
Zone de Courtaboeuf
91951 Les Ulis Cedex
Telephone: 016-09-21-550
FAX: 016-44-61-065
ANRITSU CUSTOMER SERVICE LTD.
1800 Onna Atsugi-shi
Kanagawa-Prf. 243 Japan
Telephone: 0462-96-6688
FAX: 0462-25-8379
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
ANRITSU GmbH
Grafenberger Allee 54-56
D-40237 Dusseldorf, Germany
Telephone: 0211-968550
FAX: 0211-9685555
ANRITSU (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD.
10, Hoe Chiang Road
#07-01/02 Keppel Towers
Singapore 089315
Telephone: 282-2400
FAX: 282-2533
ANRITSU COMPANY
10 New Maple Ave., Unit 305
Pine Brook, NJ 07058
Telephone: (973) 227-8999
1-800-ANRITSU
FAX: 973-575-0092
INDIA
SOUTH AFRICA
ANRITSU COMPANY
1155 E. Collins Blvd
Richardson, TX 75081
Telephone: 1-800-ANRITSU
FAX: 972-671-1877
MEERA AGENCIES PVT. LTD.
23 Community Centre
Zamroodpur, Kailash Colony Extension,
New Delhi, India 110 048
Phone: 011-2-6442700/6442800
FAX : 011-2-644250023
ETECSA
12 Surrey Square Office Park
330 Surrey Avenue
Ferndale, Randburt, 2194
South Africa
Telephone: 011-27-11-787-7200
FAX: 011-27-11-787-0446
AUSTRALIA
ISRAEL
SWEDEN
ANRITSU PTY. LTD.
Unit 3, 170 Foster Road
Mt Waverley, VIC 3149
Australia
Telephone: 03-9558-8177
FAX: 03-9558-8255
TECH-CENT, LTD.
4 Raul Valenberg St
Tel-Aviv 69719
Telephone: (03) 64-78-563
FAX: (03) 64-78-334
ANRITSU AB
Botivid Center
Fittja Backe 13A
145 84 Stockholmn
Telephone: (08) 534-707-00
FAX: (08) 534-707-30
BRAZIL
ITALY
TAIWAN
ANRITSU ELECTRONICA LTDA.
Praia de Botafogo, 440, Sala 2401
CEP22250-040, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brasil
Telephone: 021-527-6922
FAX: 021-53-71-456
ANRITSU Sp.A
Roma Office
Via E. Vittorini, 129
00144 Roma EUR
Telephone: (06) 50-99-711
FAX: (06) 50-22-4252
ANRITSU CO., INC.
7F, No. 316, Section 1
NeiHu Road
Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Telephone: 886-2-8751-1816
FAX: 886-2-8751-2126
CANADA
KOREA
UNITED KINGDOM
ANRITSU INSTRUMENTS LTD.
700 Silver Seven Road, Suite 120
Kanata, Ontario K2V 1C3
Telephone: (613) 591-2003
FAX: (613) 591-1006
ANRITSU CORPORATION LTD.
Head Office:
14F, Hyunjuk Building 832-41
Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Ku
Seoul 135-080, South Korea
Telephone: 02-553-6603
FAX: 02-553-6604
ANRITSU LTD.
200 Capability Green
Luton, Bedfordshire
LU1 3LU, England
Telephone: 015-82-433200
FAX: 015-82-731303
CHINA
ANRITSU ELECTRONICS (SHANGHAI) CO. LTD.
2F, Rm B, 52 Section Factory Building
No. 516 Fu Te Rd (N)
Shanghai 200131 P.R. China
Telephone:21-58680226, 58680227, 58680228
FAX: 21-58680588
1-18
Service Center:
8F Hyunjuk Building
832-41, Yeoksam Dong
Kangnam-Gu
Seoul, South Korea 135-080
Telephone: 82-2-553-6603
FAX: 82-2-553-6605
682XXB/683XXB MM
Chapter 2
Functional Description
Table of Contents
2-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-2
682XXB/683XXB MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
Digital Control. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Synthesis . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Instruction . . . . . . . . . . .
YIG Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function Generator . . . . . . . . . .
ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation . . . . . . .
RF Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motherboard/Interconnections . . . . .
2-3
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Phase-Lock Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
RF Outputs 0.01 to 65 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Phase Modulation (Option 6) . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Analog Sweep Mode (683XXB only) . . . . . . . 2-14
Step Sweep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-4
ALC/AM/PULSE MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
ALC Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Pulse Generator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-5
RF DECK ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . .
RF Deck Configurations . . . . . .
YIG-tuned Oscillator . . . . . . . .
Power Level Control and Modulation
RF Signal Filtering . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-23
2-23
Table of Contents (Continued)
0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter . . . .
0.5 to 2.2 GHz Digital Down Converter
Switched Doubler Module . . . . . . .
Source Quadrupler Module . . . . . .
Power Level Detection/ALC Loop . . .
Step Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-24
2-25
2-26
2-29
2-30
2-31
Chapter 2
Functional Description
2-1
2-2
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides brief functional descriptions of the major subsystems that are contained in each model of the Series 682XXB/
683XXB Synthesized Signal Generators. In addition, the operation of
the frequency synthesis, automatic level control (ALC), and RF deck
subsystems is described so that the reader may better understand the
overall operation of the instrument. Block diagrams are included to
supplement the written descriptions.
682XXB/683XXB MAJOR
SUBSYSTEMS
The 682XXB/683XXB circuitry consists of various distinct subsystems
that are contained on one or more printed circuit board (PCB) assemblies or in microwave components located on the RF deck. The following paragraphs identify the subsystems that make up the instrument
and provide a brief description of each. Figure 2-1 (page 2-6) is an
overall block diagram of a typical 682XXB/683XXB.
NOTE
Identical model numbers of the series 682XXB signal generator and series 683XXB signal generator contain the same
major subsystems. The only functional difference between
the two series is that the series 683XXB signal generator
has the additional capability of generating analog frequency
sweeps. This functional difference between the series is
noted in the following descriptions where applicable.
Digital
Control
682XXB/683XXB MM
This circuit subsystem consists of the A17 CPU and
A16 CPU Interface PCBs. The central processor unit
(CPU) is the main controller for the 682XXB/
683XXB. This controller directly or indirectly controls all functions of the instrument. The CPU contains memory that stores the main operating system
components and instrument firmware, instrument
calibration data, and front panel setups in the
power-off condition. It has a GPIB interface that allows it to communicate with external devices over
the GPIB and it has a serial interface to a serial terminal port on the rear panel. The CPU is directly
linked via a dedicated data and address bus to the
A2 Front Panel PCB, the A8 Function Generator
PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, the A10 ALC PCB,
the A11 FM PCB, the A12 Analog Instruction PCB,
and the A16 CPU Interface PCB.
2-3
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
682XXB/683XXB
MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
The CPU is indirectly linked via the A16 CPU Interface PCB to the A3 Reference Loop PCB, the A4
Coarse Loop PCB, the A5 Fine Loop PCB, and the
A6 Pulse Generator PCB. The A16 PCB contains circuitry to perform parallel-to-serial and serial-toparallel data conversion. It also contains circuitry
for many of the rear panel signals, a 13-bit resolution DVM, and decoder circuitry for the front panel
rotary data knob optical encoder.
Front Panel
This circuit subsystem consists of the the A1 Front
Panel PCB, the A2 Front Panel Control PCB, and
the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). This subsystem
interfaces the front panel LCD, LEDs, and keys to
the CPU via the dedicated data and address bus.
The front panel rotary data knob is indirectly linked
to the CPU via the A16 CPU Interface PCB.
The A1 Front Panel PCB contains the keyboard matrix of conductive rubber switches. The A2 Front
Panel Control PCB has circuitry to control the LCD
dot-matrix display, turn the front panel LEDs on
and off, and convert keyboard switch matrix signals
to parallel keycode. It also contains the standby/operate line switch logic circuit and the optical encoder
for the rotary data knob.
Frequency
Synthesis
The frequency synthesis subsystem consists of the
A3 Reference Loop PCB, the A4 Coarse Loop PCB,
the A5 Fine Loop PCB, the A7 YIG Loop PCB, and
the A11 FM PCB. It provides the reference frequencies and phase lock circuits for precise control of the
YIG-tuned oscillator frequencies, as follows:
q
q
q
q
q
2-4
The A3 Reference Loop PCB supplies the stable 10 MHz and 500 MHz reference frequency
signals for the rest of the frequency synthesis
system.
The A4 Coarse Loop PCB generates coarse
tuning frequencies of 219.5 to 245 MHz for use
by the YIG Loop.
The A5 Fine Loop PCB provides fine tuning
frequencies of 21.5 to 40 MHz for use by the
YIG Loop.
The A7 YIG Loop PCB performs phase detection of the YIG-tuned oscillator’s output frequency and provides a YIG loop error voltage
to the A11 FM PCB.
The A11 FM PCB processes the YIG loop error
voltage, producing a correction signal that is
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
682XXB/683XXB
MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
used to fine tune and phase lock the YIG-tuned
oscillator. The A11 PCB also contains circuitry
for frequency modulation of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output.
The CPU sends control data to the A3 Reference
Loop PCB, the A4 Coarse Loop PCB, and the A5
Fine Loop PCB via the A16 PCB as serial data
words. The CPU controls the A11 FM PCB via the
dedicated data and address bus. Refer to paragraph
2-3 for a functional overview of the frequency synthesis subsystem.
Analog
Instruction
The A12 Analog Instruction PCB provides the frequency tuning voltages and frequency band select
signals to the A13 YIG Driver PCB. For models with
a frequency range greater than 20 GHz, it supplies
frequency band select signals to the A14 SDM, SQM
Driver PCB. In addition, it provides a 0V to +10V
ramp signal to the rear panel HORIZ OUT connector,
a V/GHz signal to the rear panel V/GHz OUT connector, and a SLOPE signal to the A10 ALC PCB for
slope-vs-frequency correction of the RF output
power. The CPU controls the A12 Analog Instruction PCB via the dedicated data and address bus.
YIG Driver
The A13 YIG Driver PCB supplies the main tuning
current and bias voltages for the 2 to 20 GHz YIGtuned oscillator. It also provides bias voltages for
the Down Converter assembly and the amplifiers located in the Switched Filter assembly.
The A12 Analog Instruction PCB provides (1) frequency tuning voltages for the main tuning coil
driver of the YIG-tuned oscillator and (2) frequency
band select signals to activate the appropriate bias
voltage supply.
Function
Generator
NOTE
When Option 6 (phase modulation)
is installed, the A8 Function Generator uses its internal FM generator to provide the available waveforms for both frequency and phase
modulation.
682XXB/683XXB MM
The A8 Function Generator PCB provides internally
generated waveforms for amplitude and frequency
modulation. The waveforms available are sine wave,
square wave, triangle wave, positive ramp, negative
ramp, Gaussian noise, and uniform noise. The AM
waveforms are supplied to the A10 ALC PCB and
the rear panel AM OUT connector; the FM waveforms are provided to the A11 FM PCB and the rear
panel FM OUT connector. The CPU controls the A8
Function Generator PCB via the dedicated data and
address bus.
2-5
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
Rear Panel
Front Panel
Connectors
Inputs
AM IN
To A10 ALC PCB
(Via A20 Motherboard)
FM IN
To A11 FM PCB
From RF Deck
(Option 9)
To A6 Pulse
Generator PCB
From A3
Reference Loop
IN
682XXB/683XXB
MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
EXT ALC IN
To A10 ALC PCB
(Via A20 Motherboard)
RF OUTPUT
From RF Deck
Power Input
Outputs
To A3
Reference Loop
10 MHz REF IN
RF OUTPUT
A
10 MHZ REF OUT
FM IN
110/220 VAC
To A11 FM PCB
Power Supply
LCD
AM IN
AM OUT
EXT ALC IN
FM OUT
DWELL IN
V/GHz OUT
PULSE TRIGGER IN
HORIZ OUT
Line
Filter
SEQ SYNC OUT
PULSE VIDEO OUT
P/O Rear
Casting Assy
Bridge
Rectifier/
Doubler
-165V
LCD
Control
Keyboard
Matrix
Keyboard
Encoder
Line
Switch
Logic
A19
Line
Conditioner
A18
Power
Supply
A21
Rear
Panel PCB
PULSE SYNC OUT
A1
Front
Panel
Line
Switch
Fuse
+24V
(To A18
PCB)
A15
Regulator
Control
AUX
I/O
SERIAL
I/O
+5V
+9V
+15V
-15V
+24V
-18V
-43V
+165V
+24V
(From A2 PCB)
Rear Panel Pulse Signals
A21-1
BNC / AUX
I/0 CONNECTOR
PCB
400KHz
(From A6)
+24V
(To A2 PCB)
B
Rear Panel Signals
C
Serial I/O
+24V
(From
A15 PCB)
Optical
Encoder
Rotary
Data
Knob
A2
Front Panel
Control
Phase A / Phase B Data
IEEE-488 GPIB
A16
CPU
Interface
GPIB Bus
A17
CPU
Coaxial Cables
D
Digital
Control
Data and Address Bus
E
(Continued on Sheet 2)
Figure 2-1. Block Diagram of a Typical 682XXB/683XXB
Synthesized Signal Generator (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-6
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
682XXB/683XXB
MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
Serial Data
Serial Data
Serial Data
10 MHz REF OUT
Real Panel BNC
10 MHz
500 MHz
A3
Reference
Loop
10 MHz
A4
Coarse
Loop
500 MHz
(To Down
Converter)
26 MHz (To A8)
219.5 - 245 MHz
Frequency
Synthesis
10 MHz REF IN
Rear Panel BNC
10 MHz (To A6)
A5
Fine
Loop
A7
YIG
Loop
21.5 - 40 MHz
YIG Loop Error
Sampled
2 - 20 GHz
RF
10 MHz
HI-STAB
XTAL OSC
(Option)
A
FM IN Front Panel BNC
A11 FM
RF Deck
FM IN Rear Panel BNC
Switched Filter Assy
Internal FM (From A8)
Switched Doubler Module
WIDE FM
2 - 20 GHz
YIG
Oscillator
Freq
Tuning
Freq Band
Select (To A14)
A12
Analog
Instruction
Analog
Instruction
Pulse Video / Pulse Sync (To Rear Panel)
Modulator
Control
x2
32 - 40 GHz
13.5 GHz LPF
Bias
6.51 - 8.5 GHz
B
25 - 32 GHz
20 GHz LPF
8.4 GHz LPF
8.5 GHz LPF
Freq
Band
Select
0.01 - 20 GHz
5.5 GHz LPF
FM
Main
Bias
A13
YIG
Driver
C
20 - 25 GHz
3.3 GHz LPF
Pulse
Down Converter Assy
Switch
Control
0.01 40 GHz
Directional
Coupler
110 dB
Step
Attenuator
(Option)
RF Output
0.01 - 40 GHz
Step
Attenuator
Control
Switch Control
0.01 - 2 GHz
Frequency
Band Select
(From A12)
500 MHz
(From A3)
A14
SDM, SQM
Driver
Pulse Trigger In
IN Front Panel BNC
D
10 MHz (From A5)
Serial Data
Rear Panel Signals
26 MHz
(From A5)
A8
Function
Generator
A6
Pulse
Generator
400 KHz (To A18)
Sample / Hold
FM Out
AM Out
FM (To A11)
AM
Modulator Control
ALC/AM/Pulse
Modulation
Detected
0.01 - 2 GHz RF
ALC
Detected
2 - 40 GHz RF
Sample / Hold
Rear Panel EXT ALC IN
EXT ALC IN Front Panel BNC
AM IN Front Panel BNC
Data and Address Bus
A9
PIN
Control
Pulse
Rear Panel AM IN
A10
ALC
Internal AM
E
(Continued From Sheet 1)
Figure 2-1. Block Diagram of a Typical 682XXB/683XXB
Synthesized Signal Generator (Sheet 2 of 2)
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-7
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
682XXB/683XXB
MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS
ALC/AM/Pulse
Modulation
This circuit subsystem consists of the A6 Pulse Generator PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, the A10 ALC
PCB, and the A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB. It provides the following:
q
q
q
q
q
Level control of the RF output power.
AM and pulse modulation of the RF output.
Current drive signals to the PIN switches located in the Switched Filter assembly and
Switched Doubler Module (SDM).
Bias voltages for the SDM and Source Quadrupler Module (SQM).
Drive signals for the optional Step Attenuator.
The CPU controls the A9 Pin Control PCB and the
A10 ALC PCB via the dedicated data and address
bus. It sends control data to the A6 Pulse Generator
PCB via the A16 PCB as serial data words. Refer to
paragraph 2-4 for a functional overview of the ALC
and modulation subsystem.
RF Deck
This subsystem contains those elements related to
the generation, modulation, and control of the
sweep- and CW-frequency RF signals. These elements include; the 2 to 20 GHz YIG-tuned oscillator,
the 0.01 to 2 GHz (0.5 to 2.2 GHz) Down Converter
assembly, the Switched Filter assembly, the
Switched Doubler Module (SDM), the Source Quadrupler Module (SQM), the Directional Coupler/Level
Detector, and the optional 110 dB (90 dB) Step
Attenuator. Refer to paragraph 2-5 for a functional
overview of the RF deck subsystem.
Power Supply
The power supply subsystem consists of the A15
Regulator PCB, the A18 Power Supply PCB, the
A19 Line Conditioner PCB, and part of the A21
Rear Panel PCB and Rear Casting Assembly. It supplies all the regulated DC voltages used by the signal generator circuits. The voltages are routed
throughout the instrument via the A20 Motherboard PCB.
Inputs/
Outputs
The A21-1 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB and the
A16 CPU Interface PCB contain the interface circuitry for the majority of the rear panel input and
output connectors, including the AUX I/O connector.
The front panel AM and External ALC inputs are
routed via the A20 Motherboard PCB to the A10
ALC PCB. The front panel FM and Pulse Trigger
2-8
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS
inputs are coupled directly via coaxial cables to
their destination PCBs—the FM input to A11 FM
PCB and the Pulse/Trigger input to the A6 Pulse
Generator PCB.
NOTE
When Option 6 (phase modulation)
is installed, the front panel and rear
panel FM IN connectors also serve as
the FM IN connectors.
The rear panel connectors, 10 MHz REF OUT,
10 MHz REF IN, and FM IN, are coupled directly to
PCBs via coaxial cables—10 MHz REF OUT and
10 MHz REF IN to the A3 Reference Loop PCB and
FM IN to the A11 FM PCB. The rear panel connectors, PULSE TRIGGER IN, PULSE SYNC OUT, and
PULSE VIDEO OUT, are coupled via the A21-1 PCB
and coaxial cables directly to the A6 Pulse Generator PCB. The rear panel IEEE-488 GPIB and SERIAL
I/O connectors are connected to the A17 CPU PCB
via the A20 Motherboard PCB.
Motherboard/
Interconnections
2-3
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS
The frequency synthesis subsystem provides phase-lock control of the
682XXB/683XXB output frequency. It consists of four phase-lock loops,
the Reference Loop, the Coarse Loop, the Fine Loop, and the YIG
Loop. The four phase-lock loops, operating together, produce an accurately synthesized, low-noise RF output signal. Figure 2-2 (page 2-11)
is an overall block diagram of the frequency synthesis subsystem. The
following paragraphs describe phase-lock loops and the overall operation of the frequency synthesis subsystem.
Phase-Lock
Loops
682XXB/683XXB MM
The A20 Motherboard PCB and associated cables
provide the interconnections for the flow of data,
signals, and DC voltages between all internal components and assemblies throughout the 682XXB/
683XXB.
The purpose of a phase-lock loop is to control the
frequency of a variable oscillator in order to give it
the same accuracy and stability as a fixed reference
oscillator. It works by comparing two frequency inputs, one fixed and one variable, and by supplying a
correction signal to the variable oscillator to reduce
the difference between the two inputs. For example,
suppose we have a 10 MHz reference oscillator with
a stability of 1 x 10–7/day, and we wish to transfer
that stability to a voltage controlled oscillator
(VCO). The 10 MHz reference signal is applied to
the reference input of a phase-lock loop circuit. The
signal from the VCO is applied to the variable input.
A phase detector in the phase-lock loop circuit compares the two inputs and determines whether the
variable input waveform is leading or lagging the
reference. The phase detector generates a correction
2-9
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS
signal that (depending on polarity) causes the VCO
frequency to increase or decrease to reduce any
phase difference. When the two inputs match, the
loop is said to be locked. The variable input from the
VCO then equals the reference input in phase, frequency, accuracy, and stability.
In practical applications a frequency divider is
placed between the output of the variable oscillator
and the variable input to the phase-lock loop. The
circuit can then be used to control a frequency that
is an exact multiple of the reference frequency. In
this way, the variable oscillator acquires the stability of the reference without equaling its frequency.
In the A3 Reference Loop, the 100 MHz ovencontrolled crystal oscillator (OCXO) can be controlled by the phase-lock loop using a 10 MHz reference. This is because a divide-by-ten circuit is
between the OCXO’s output and the variable input
to the phase-lock loop. Both inputs to the phase detector will be 10 MHz when the loop is locked.
If a programmable frequency divider is used, a
number of frequencies can be phase-locked to the
same reference. The limitation is that all must be
exact multiples of the reference. The A4 Coarse
Loop and A5 Fine Loop both use programmable frequency dividers.
Overall
Operation
The YIG-tuned oscillator generates a high-power RF
output signal that has low broadband noise and low
spurious content. The frequency of the YIG-tuned
oscillator is controlled by means of (1) its main tuning coil and (2) its FM (fine tuning) coil. Main tuning coil current from the YIG Driver PCB coarsely
tunes the YIG-tuned oscillator to within a few
megahertz of the final output frequency. The YIG
phase-lock loop is then used to fine tune the YIGtuned oscillator to the exact output frequency and to
reduce FM noise close to the carrier.
One input to the YIG Loop is the 219.5 to 245 MHz
signal from the Coarse Loop. This signal is amplified to drive the step-recovery diode. The steprecovery diode produces harmonics of the coarse
loop signal (³1.9755 to >20 GHz). These harmonics
are used by the sampler.
The other input to the sampler is the RF output signal from the YIG-tuned oscillator. Mixing this RF
2-10
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS
A4 Coarse Loop
A3 Reference Loop
÷10
10 MHz REF In
Phase/
Frequency
Detector
10 MHz
10 MHz
÷10
10 MHz
Hi-Stability
XTAL Oscillator
(Optional)
100 MHz
Reference
Oscillator
500 MHz
x5
206 - 391 MHz
VCO
100 kHz
1 MHz
Phase
Error
Coarse
Loop
Oscillator
÷2
219.5 245 MHz
Phase/
Frequency
Detector
100 kHz
9 - 10 MHz
Phase Error
1 MHz
100 MHz
Phase
Error
Frequency
Synthesizer
÷100
Phase/
Frequency
Detector
Phase
Error
A5 Fine Loop
10 MHz
10 MHz
439 - 490 MHz
10 - 61 MHz
Frequency
Divider
Digital
Synthesizer
26.84 MHz
VCXO
9 - 10 MHz
Phase
Error
Phase/
Frequency
Detector
Fine
Loop
Oscilator
÷10
21.5 - 40 MHz
215 400 MHz
500 MHz
Divider
Control
A7 YIG Loop
A11 FM
FM Sweep
(From A12 PCB)
SRD
219.5 - 245 MHz
FM In
(Front Panel or
Rear Panel)
1.9755 to 20 GHz
Harmonics
Sampler
FM
Sweep
Internal FM
(From A8 PCB)
21.5 40 MHz IF
÷128
FM
FM
LPF
FM
COIL
DRIVER
Phase/
Frequency
Detector
YIG Loop Error
÷128
21.5 - 40 MHz
Sampled 2 - 20 GHz RF
P/O Switched Filter
A13 YIG Driver
Main
Coil
Drivers
Tune
(From A12 PCB)
+18VG
YIG - Tuned
Oscillator
FM
Main
Bias
2 - 20 GHz
RF Out
Bias
Regulators
Modulator
Contol
Pulse
Figure 2-2. Block Diagram of the Frequency
Synthesis Subsystem
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-11
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS
output signal sample with the adjacent coarse-loop
harmonic produces a low frequency difference signal
that is the YIG IF signal (21.5 to 40 MHz).
Table 2-1.
RF Output and Loop Frequencies
RF OUTPUT/LOOP FREQUENCIES
(in MHz)
RF OUT
COARSE LOOP FINE LOOP
2000
219.5
24.5
3000
229
23
4000
234
22
5000
237
23
6000
239
25
7000
240.5
25.5
8000
241.5
30.5
9000
242.5
27.5
10000
243
37
11000
238.5
29
12000
239.5
25
The 682XXB/683XXB CPU programs the coarse-loop
oscillator’s output frequency so that one of its harmonics will be within 21.5 to 40 MHz of the desired
YIG-tuned oscillator’s output frequency. The YIG
Loop phase detector compares the YIG IF signal to
the 21.5 to 40 MHz frequency reference signal from
the Fine Loop. If there is a difference, the YIG phase
detector fine tunes the YIG-tuned oscillator (via the
FM circuitry and the FM coil driver) to eliminate
any frequency difference between the two signals.
Phase locking the instrument’s output frequency
over a broad frequency range is accomplished by
programming the coarse-loop oscillator’s output to
various frequencies that have harmonics close to the
desired operating frequencies. Exact frequency tuning for each desired operating frequency is accomplished by programming the fine-loop oscillator. (In
each case, the YIG-tuned oscillator is first tuned via
the main tuning coil to the approximate desired operating frequency.) Table 2-1 shows the coarse-loop
and fine-loop frequencies for some specific RF output frequencies.
The coarse-loop oscillator has a programming (tuning) range of 219.5 to 245 MHz and a resolution of
1 MHz. This provides harmonics from ³1.9755 GHz
to >20 GHz. This allows any YIG-tuned oscillator
output frequency to be down converted to a YIG IF
signal of 21.5 to 40 MHz.
The YIG Loop is fine tuned by varying the 21.5 to
40 MHz reference frequency signal applied to the
YIG loop phase detector. By programming the fineloop oscillator, this signal can be adjusted in 1 kHz
increments over the 21.5 to 40 MHz range. The resolution of the fine-loop oscillator (hence the resolution of the RF output signal) is 1 kHz, which is
much finer than is available from the coarse loop
alone. For applications requiring a resolution finer
than 1 kHz, an optional tuning resolution of 0.1 Hz
is available.
The Coarse Loop and Fine Loop outputs are derived
from high-stability 10 MHz and 500 MHz signals
generated by the Reference Loop. For applications
2-12
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS
requiring even greater stability, the 100 MHz reference oscillator can be phase locked to an optional
10 MHz reference (internal or external).
RF Outputs
0.01 to 65 GHz
Refer to the RF Deck block diagram shown in Figure 2-1 (page 2-7) for the following description. The
682XXB/683XXB uses one 2 to 20 GHz YIG-tuned
oscillator. All other frequencies output by the signal
generator are derived from the fundamental frequencies generated by this YIG-tuned oscillator.
0.01 to 2 GHz
RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 2 GHz are generated by down converting the fundamental frequencies of 6.51 to 8.5 GHz. This is achieved using a
6.5 GHz local oscillator signal that is phase locked
to the 500 MHz output of the Reference Loop. Precise control of the 0.01 to 2 GHz frequencies to
1 kHz (0.1 Hz with Option 11) accuracy is accomplished by phase-lock control of the 6.51 to 8.5 GHz
fundamental frequencies prior to down conversion.
20 to 40 GHz
RF output frequencies of 20 to 40 GHz are produced
by doubling the 10 to 20 GHz fundamental frequencies. Phase-lock control of the 10 to 20 GHz fundamental frequencies—accomplished prior to doubling
—ensures precise control of the 20 to 40 GHz frequencies to 1 kHz (0.1 Hz with Option 11) resolution.
40 to 65 GHz
RF output frequencies of 40 to 65 GHz are developed by quadrupling the 10 to 16.25 GHz fundamental frequencies (refer to Figure 2-5, page 2-22).
Precise control of the 40 to 65 GHz to 1 kHz (0.1 Hz
with Option 11) resolution is achieved by phase-lock
control of the 10 to 16.25 GHz fundamental frequencies prior to quadrupling.
0.5 to 2.2 GHz
RF output frequencies of 0.5 to 2.2 GHz for the
682X5B/683X5B models are developed by down converting the fundamental frequencies of 2 to 4.4 GHz
(refer to Figure 2-6, page 2-27). Phase-lock control of
the 2 to 4.4 GHz fundamental frequencies, achieved
prior to down converting, ensures precise control of
the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz frequencies to 1 kHz (0.1 Hz with
Option 11) resolution.
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-13
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
NOTE
For 683X5B models at frequencies
of £2.2 GHz, broad-band analog frequency sweeps are >25 MHz wide;
narrow-band analog frequency
sweeps are £25 MHz.
2-14
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS
Frequency
Modulation
Frequency modulation (FM) of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output is achieved by summing an external
or internal modulating signal into the FM control
path of the YIG loop. Refer to Figures 2-1 and 2-2.
The external modulating signal comes from the
front panel or rear panel FM IN input; the internal
modulating signal comes from the A8 Function Generator PCB. Circuits on the A11 FM PCB adjust the
modulating signal for the FM sensitivity selected,
then sum it into the YIG loop FM control path.
There, it frequency modulates the RF output signal
by controlling the YIG-tuned oscillator’s FM (fine
tuning) coil current.
Phase
Modulation
(Option 6)
Phase modulation (FM) of the YIG-tuned oscillator
RF output is achieved by summing an external or
internal modulating signal into the FM control path
of the YIG loop. The external modulating signal
comes from the front panel or rear panel FM IN/FM
IN input; the internal modulating signal comes from
the A8 Function Generator PCB. Circuits on the
A11 FM PCB adjust the modulating signal for the
FM sensitivity selected, convert the modulating signal to a FM signal by differentiation, and then sum
it into the YIG loop FM control path. There, it phase
modulates the RF output signal by controlling the
YIG-tuned oscillator’s FM (fine tuning) coil current.
Analog Sweep
Mode
(683XXB only)
Broad-band analog frequency sweeps (>100 MHz
wide) of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output are accomplished by applying appropriate analog sweep
ramp signals, generated by the A12 Analog Instruction PCB, to the YIG-tuned oscillator’s main tuning
coil (via the A13 YIG Driver PCB). In this mode, the
start, stop, and bandswitching frequencies are
phase-lock-corrected during the sweep.
Narrow-band analog frequency sweeps (£100 MHz
wide) of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output are accomplished by summing appropriate analog sweep
ramp signals, generated by the A12 Analog Instruction PCB, into the YIG-tuned oscillator’s FM tuning
coil control path. The YIG-tuned oscillator’s RF output is then swept about a center frequency. The center frequency is set by applying a tuning signal (also
from the A12 PCB) to the YIG-tuned oscillator’s
main tuning coil (via the A13 YIG Driver PCB). In
this mode, YIG loop phase locking is disabled except
during center frequency correction, which occurs
during sweep retrace.
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
ALC/AM/PULSE
MODULATION
Step Sweep
Mode
2-4
ALC/AM/PULSE
MODULATION
Step (digital) frequency sweeps of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output consist of a series of discrete, synthesized steps between a start and stop frequency.
Each frequency step is generated by applying the
tuning signal (from the A12 Analog Instruction
PCB) to the YIG-tuned oscillator’s main tuning coil,
then phase-locking the RF output. Every frequency
step in the sweep range is phase-locked.
The ALC, AM, and pulse modulation subsystem provides automatic
level control (ALC), amplitude modulation (AM), and pulse modulation
of the signal generator’s RF output signal. The ALC loop consists of
circuits located on the A10 ALC PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, and
the A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB. These circuits interface with the
Switched Filter assembly, the Down Converter assembly, the Source
Quadrupler Module (SQM), and the Directional Coupler/Level Detector (all located on the RF deck). AM modulation circuits (located on
the A10 ALC PCB) are included in this loop.
Pulse modulation of the RF output signal is provided by circuits located on the A6 Pulse Generator PCB. These circuits interface directly
with the Switched Filter assembly located on the RF deck. (In 682X5B/
683X5B models, these circuits interface directly to the Digital Down
Converter assembly and from there to the Switched Filter assembly.)
The overall block diagram of the ALC and modulation subsystem is
shown in Figure 2-3, page 2-17. The following paragraphs describe the
operation of the subsystem components.
ALC Loop
Operation
682XXB/683XXB MM
In the 682XXB/683XXB, a portion of the RF output
is detected and coupled out of the Directional Coupler/Level Detector as the feedback input to the
ALC loop. The feedback signal from the detector is
routed to the A10 ALC PCB where it is compared
with a reference voltage that represents the desired
RF power output level. If the two voltages do not
match, an error correction signal is fed from the A10
ALC PCB to the modulator shaper amplifier circuits
located on the A9 PIN Control PCB and the A14
SDM, SQM Driver PCB, if installed. The resulting
modulator control voltage output causes the modulators, located in the Switched Filter assembly, the
SQM, and the Digital Down Converter assembly
(682X5B/683X5B models only), to adjust the RF output level. Thus, the feedback signal from the detector will be set equal to the reference voltage.
2-15
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
ALC/AM/PULSE
MODULATION
NOTE
The instrument uses two internal level detection circuits. For frequencies <2 GHz
(£2.2 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B models), the
level detector is part of the Down Converter. The signal from this detector is
routed to the A10 ALC PCB as the Detector
0 input. For frequencies ³2 GHz (>2.2 GHz
for 682X5B/683X5B models), the level detector is part of the main Directional Coupler. The signal from this detector is routed
to the A10 ALC PCB as the Detector 1 input.
The Level Reference DAC, under the control of the
CPU, provides the RF level reference voltage. By
setting the output of this DAC to the appropriate
voltage, the CPU adjusts the RF output power to the
level selected by the user. Leveled output power can
be set over a maximum range of up to 28 dB (up to
131 dB with the optional 110 dB step attenuator)
using front panel controls or the GPIB. Instruments
with Option 15B (High Power) provide leveled output power over a maximum range of up to 22 dB (up
to 125 dB with the optional 110 dB step attenuator).
External Leveling
In the external leveling mode, an external detector
or power meter monitors the RF output level of the
682XXB/683XXB instead of an internal level detector. The signal from the external detector or power
meter goes to the A10 ALC PCB from the front or
rear panel inputs. The ALC controls the RF power
output level as previously described.
ALC Slope
During analog sweeps (683XXB only), a slope-vsfrequency signal, from the A12 Analog Instruction
PCB, is summed with the level reference and detector inputs into the ALC loop. The Slope DAC, under
the control of the CPU, adjusts this ALC slope signal to compensate for an increasing or decreasing
output power-vs-frequency characteristic caused by
the level detectors and (optional) step attenuator. In
addition, the Slope DAC lets the user adjust for the
slope-vs-frequency characteristics of external components.
2-16
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
ALC/AM/PULSE
MODULATION
P/O RF Deck
P/O A10 PCB
External AM
(From Front /
Rear Panel)
AM
INPUT
SENS
DAC
AM
CAL
DAC
LOG AMP
10 - 16.25 GHz
Switched
Filter
Internal AM
(From A8 PCB)
0.01 - 20 GHz
0.01 - 2 GHz
Down
Converter
SLOPE
DAC
40 65 GHz
Forward
Coupler
Switched
Doubler
Module
2 - 20 GHz
YIG
Oscillator
ALC Slope
(From A12 PCB)
Source
Quadrupler
Module
0.01 65 GHz
To Step
Attenuator
or
RF Output
Level
Detector
Detector 1
0.01 40 GHz
Detector 0
From
CPU
D0 - D15
L_SEL3
A01 - A03
Pulse
Modulator Control
EPLD
Detector
CAL
DAC
Detector 0
Sample/Hold
ALC
Gain
CAL
DAC
Level
REF
DAC
Pulse
Level Amp
External ALC
(From Front /
Rear Panel)
Detector 1
Fixed
Gain
Detector
MUX
P/O A9 PCB
Non-Pulse
Level Amp
Switch
Control
Circuits
Shaper/
Amp
ALC
Control
ALC
Modulator
Driver
Modulator Control
D0 - D15
L. SEL 2
A01 - A02
(From CPU)
Address /
Data
Latches
Shaper
DAC
P/O A14 PCB
Log
Amp
Shaper/
Amp
Sample/Hold
Control
Serial Data
(From
A16 PCB)
10 MHz
(From A5 PCB)
External Pulse Inputs
(From Front / Rear Panel)
Serial/
Parallel
Converter
P/O A6 PCB
Driver/
Amp
Buffer
Amp
Pulse
Pulse
Generator
Sample / Hold
Figure 2-3. Block Diagram of the ALC/AM/Pulse
Modulation Subsystem
682XXB/683XXB
2-17
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
ALC/AM/PULSE
MODULATION
Power Sweep
In this mode, the CPU has the ALC step the RF output through a range of levels specified by the user.
This feature can be used in conjunction with the
sweep mode to produce a set of identical frequency
sweeps, each with a different RF power output level.
Amplitude Modulation
Amplitude modulation (AM) of the RF output signal
is accomplished by summing an external or internal
modulating signal into the ALC loop. External
modulating signals come from the front panel or
rear panel AM IN inputs; the internal modulating
signal comes from the A8 Function Generator PCB.
The AM Input Sensitivity DAC and the AM Calibration DAC, under the control of the CPU, adjust the
modulating signal for the proper amount of AM in
both the linear (log amp in) and the log (log amp bypassed) modes of operation. The adjusted modulating signal is summed with the level reference, slope,
and detector inputs into the ALC loop. This produces an ALC control signal that varies with the
modulating signal. The action of the ALC loop then
causes the envelope of the RF output signal to track
the modulation signal.
Pulse Modulation Operation
During pulse modulation, the ALC level amplifier
(A10 ALC PCB) is operated as a sample/hold amplifier. The level amplifier is synchronized with the
modulating pulses from the A6 Pulse Generator
PCB so that the ALC loop effectively operates only
during the ON portion of the pulsed modulated RF
output.
Pulse
Generator
Operation
The A6 Pulse Generator PCB provides the internal
pulse generating function for the 682XXB/683XXB.
It also interfaces external pulse inputs from the
front or rear panel connectors to the pulse modulator driver in the external mode.
The pulse generator produces a pulse modulation
waveform consisting of single, doublet, triplet, or
quadruplet pulse trains at variable pulse rates,
widths, and delays. It operates at two selectable
clock rates—10 MHz and 40 MHz. In addition, the
pulse generator produces a sync pulse and video
pulse output that goes to the rear panel and a sample/hold signal that goes to the A10 ALC PCB. The
sync pulse output is for synchronizing auxiliary in-
2-18
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
struments to the internally generated pulse; the
video pulse is a TTL level copy of the RF output
pulse; and the sample/hold signal synchronizes the
ALC loop to the ON portion of the pulse modulating
waveform.
The 682XXB/683XXB has five pulse modulation
modes:
q Internal pulse modulation mode – The pulse
modulation waveform is generated and timed
internally.
q External pulse mode – The external pulse
source signal from the front or rear panel connectors is interfaced by the pulse generator to
the pulse modulation driver.
q External triggered mode – The pulse generator
is triggered by the external pulse source signal
to produce the pulse modulation waveform.
q External gated mode – The external pulse
source signal gates the internal pulse generator on and off.
q Composite mode – The external pulse source
signal triggers the internal pulse generator
and also modulates the RF output signal. The
pulse generator produces a delayed, single
pulse waveform that also modulates the RF
output signal.
2-5
RF DECK ASSEMBLIES
The primary purpose of the RF deck assembly is to generate CW and
swept frequency RF signals and route these signals to the front panel
RF OUTPUT connector. It is capable of generating RF signals in the
frequency range of 0.01 to 65 GHz.
The series 682XXB/683XXB synthesized signal generators use a single
2 to 20 GHz YIG-tuned oscillator. All other frequencies are derived
from the fundamental frequencies generated by this oscillator, as follows:
q
q
q
q
RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 2 GHz are developed by downconverting the fundamental frequencies of 6.51 to 8.5 GHz.
RF output frequencies of 0.5 to 2.2 GHz are developed by downconverting the fundamental frequencies of 2 to 4.4 GHz.
RF output frequencies of 20 to 40 GHz are produced by doubling
the fundamental frequencies of 10 to 20 GHz.
RF output frequencies of 40 to 65 GHz are produced by quadrupling the fundamental frequencies of 10 to 16.25 GHz.
The following paragraphs briefly describe the operation of the RF deck
assembly.
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-19
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
RF Deck Configurations
All 682XXB/683XXB RF deck assemblies contain a 2
to 20 GHz YIG-tuned oscillator, a switched filter assembly, and a directional coupler. Beyond that, the
configuration of the RF deck assembly varies according to the particular instrument model. Block diagrams of the various RF deck configurations are
shown in the following figures:
q
q
q
q
Figure 2-4, page 2-21, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for all £40 GHz models except for 682X5B/683X5B models.
Figure 2-5, page 2-22, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for all >40 GHz models except for 682X5B/683X5B models.
Figure 2-6, page 2-27, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for all £40 GHz 682X5B/
683X5B models.
Figure 2-7, page 2-28, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for all >40 GHz 682X5B/
683X5B models.
The block diagram of the RF deck shown in Figure
2-4 (page 2-21) includes all of the common RF components found in the 682XXB/683XXB RF deck assemblies. Refer to this block diagram during the
descriptions of RF deck operation presented in the
following paragraphs.
YIG-tuned
Oscillator
The 2 to 20 GHz YIG-tuned oscillator actually contains two oscillators—one covering the frequency
range of 2 to 8.4 GHz and one covering the frequency range of 8.4 to 20 GHz. Both oscillators use
a common internal amplifier.
The YIG-tuned oscillator generates RF output signals that have low broadband noise and low spurious content. It is driven by the Main tuning coil
current and bias voltages from the A13 YIG Driver
PCB and the FM tuning coil current from the A11
FM PCB. During CW mode, the main tuning coil
current tunes the oscillator to within a few megahertz of the final output frequency. The phase-lock
circuitry of the YIG loop then fine adjusts the oscillator’s FM tuning coil current to make the output
frequency exact. Frequency modulation of the RF
output is also accomplished by summing the modulating signal into the oscillator’s FM tuning coil control path.
2-20
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
RF Path for 20 GHz Models
Switched Doubler Module - ND40843
(26.5 GHz Models)
x2
20 - 26.5 GHz
>+8.5 dBm
20 - 26.5 GHz BPF
J1
J2
Bias
Switched Doubler Module - D28535
(40 GHz Models)
Switched Filter Assy. - D25015 (Standard)
- D26350 (Option 15B)
2-20 GHz
YIG Oscillator
20 - 25 GHz BPF
3.3 GHz LPF
BIAS
MAIN
8.4-20 GHz
>+4dBm
Modulator
J6
>+15 dBm (Std.)
5.5 GHz LPF
J1
8.5 GHz LPF
2-8.4 GHz
J5
x2
32 - 40 GHz BPF
J2
>+20 dBm (Opt. 15B)
J2 20 - 40 GHz
>+8.5 dBm
110 dB
Step
Attenuator
(Option)
RF Output
0.01 - 40 GHz
13.5 GHz LPF
Bias
J1
J3
J7
Directional
Coupler
25 - 32 GHz BPF
20 GHz LPF
8.4 GHz LPF
FM
Switch
Control
Switch
Control
Level
Control
Control
>+17 dBm
0.01 - 2 GHz
Switch
Control
Modulator Pulse
Control
Sampler
(-20 dBm
to
-27dBm)
Down Converter Assy.
D27330
J3 >+16 dBm
J1
LPF
6.51 - 8.5 GHz
500 MHz
J2
NOTES
1. Down Converter Assy not installed in Models
68237B/68337B, 68253B/68353B, and 68263B/68363B.
6.5 GHz
Level
Control
2. Switched Doubler Module not installed in Models
68237B/68337B and 68247B/68347B.
Figure 2-4. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for all
£40 GHz Models (except 682X5B/683X5B Models)
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-21
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
S o u r c e Q u a d r u p le r M o d u le À
1 6 .8 G H z L P F
& 6 d B P A D
Â
J 1
B P F
x 4
(J 1 )
B ia s
M A IN
8 .4 -2 0 G H z
J 6
8 .5 G H z L P F
F M
2 -8 .4 G H z
J 5
J 7
2 0 - 2 5 G H z B P F
5 .5 G H z L P F
> + 2 0 d B m
8 .4 G H z L P F
2 0 G H z L P F
x 2
J 2
3 2 - 4 0 G H z B P F
J 1
B ia s
J 1
> + 1 7 d B m
J 2
0 .0 1 - 4 0 G H z
> + 1 0 d B m
À
S w itc h
C o n tro l
Á
0 .0 1 - 2 G H z
S w itc h
C o n tro l
D o w n C o n v e rte r A s s y .
D 2 7 3 3 0
J 4
J 2
J 3
L P F
6 .5 1 - 8 .5 G H z
5 0 0 M H z
9 0 d B
S te p
A tte n u a to r
( O p tio n )
L e v e l
C o n tro l
2 5 - 3 2 G H z B P F
1 3 .5 G H z L P F
J 3
M o d u la to r P u ls e
C o n tro l
S a m p le r
(-2 0 d B m
to
-2 7 d B m )
D ir e c tio n a l
C o u p le r
J 3
R F O u tp u t
0 .0 1 - 6 5 . G H z
S w itc h e d D o u b le r M o d u le - D 2 8 5 3 5
3 .3 G H z L P F
> + 4 d B m
Á
J 2
S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y . - D 2 6 3 5 0
B IA S
F o rw a rd
C o u p le r
> + 1 8 d B m
J 4
2 -2 0 G H z
Y IG O s c illa to r
M o d u la to r
C o n tro l
> + 1 6 d B m
Â
6 .5 G H z
J 1
C o n tro l
S o u rc e
P a rt N u
D 2 8 1 8 5
6 0 -1 4 1
6 0 -1 4 2
Q u
m b
(4
(4
(4
a d ru
e rs :
0 - 5
0 - 6
0 - 6
S Q
F o
F o
u s
6 0
/N
d C
d C
ith
D 2
o u
o u
S Q
M P
rw a r
rw a r
e d w
-1 4 2
p le r M o d u le
0 G H z )
0 G H z )
5 G H z )
8 1
p le
p le
M
8 5 c o n ta in s a
r.
r P /N C 2 7 1 8 4 is
P /N s 6 0 -1 4 1 a n d
.
T h e 1 6 .8 G H z L P F a n d 6 d B P A D ,
P /N B 2 8 6 1 2 , is u s e d w ith
S Q M P /N s 6 0 -1 4 1 a n d 6 0 -1 4 2 .
L e v e l
C o n tro l
Figure 2-5. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for all
>40 GHz Models (except 682X5B/683X5B Models)
2-22
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
When the 683XXB is generating broad-band analog
frequency sweeps (>100 MHz wide), the main tuning coil current tunes the oscillator through the
sweep frequency range. Phase locking to fine adjust
the oscillator’s output frequency is only done at the
bottom and top of the sweep ramp and on both sides
of each band switch point. Narrow-band analog frequency sweeps (£100 MHz wide) in the 683XXB are
accomplished by summing the appropriate sweep
ramp signal into the oscillator’s FM tuning coil control path. The YIG-tuned oscillator’s RF output is
then swept about a center frequency that is set by
the main tuning coil current. Phase locking to fine
tune the output frequency is done at the center frequency of the sweep.
NOTE
For 683X5B models at frequencies
of £2.2 GHz, broad-band analog frequency sweeps are >25 MHz wide;
narrow-band analog frequency
sweeps are £25 MHz.
Power Level
Control and
Modulation
The RF output signal from the YIG-tuned oscillator
is fed to connector J6 of the switched filter assembly.
In the switched filter assembly, the RF signal is amplified then goes to the modulator. A portion of the
RF signal to the modulator is picked off and coupled
out via connector J5 to the Sampler for use by the
YIG loop circuitry. The modulator provides for
power level control, AM, and pulse modulation of
the RF output signals.
In addition to the amplified RF signal from the
YIG-tuned oscillator, the modulator has two other
inputs—the modulator control input and the pulse
input. The modulator control input adjusts the gain
of the modulator to control the power level of the RF
output signals. The modulator control signal is received from the A9 PIN Control PCB where it is developed from the ALC control signal. Amplitude
modulation is accomplished by varying the modulator control signal with the modulating signal. Pulse
modulation is achieved by switching the modulator
on and off at a rate determined by the modulating
pulse input. The modulating pulse input is received
via connector J7 from the A6 Pulse Generator PCB.
RF Signal
Filtering
682XXB/683XXB MM
The RF signal from the modulator is fed via PIN
switches to the switched low-pass filters. PIN switch
drive current is received from the A9 PIN Control
PCB. A coupler in the switched filter path provides
the RF signal for the down converter. Whenever an
instrument is generating RF signals of <2 GHz
(£2.2 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B models), a RF signal
is coupled out, through a 8.5 GHz low-pass filter
and connector J3 to the down converter. Another
2-23
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
coupler in the switched filter path of high power
switched filter assemblies provides the RF signal for
the source quadrupler module (refer to Figure 2-5).
Whenever an instrument is generating RF signals of
>40 GHz, a RF signal is coupled out via J4 to the
source quadrupler module.
The switched low-pass filters provide rejection of the
harmonics that are generated by the YIG-tuned oscillator. The 2 to 20 GHz (>2.2 to 20 GHz for
682X5B/683X5B models) RF signal from the modulator has four filtering paths and a through path.
The four filtering paths are 3.3 GHz, 5.5 GHz,
8.4 GHz, and 13.5 GHz. Signals above 13.5 GHz are
routed via the through path.
After routing through the appropriate path, the 2 to
20 GHz (>2.2 to 20 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B models)
RF signal is multiplexed by the PIN switches and
goes via a 20 GHz low-pass filter to the switched filter assembly output connector J2. The 0.01 to 2 GHz
(0.5 to 2.2 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B models) RF signal, from the down converter, is received at connector J1, then multiplexed through the same path to
the switched filter output.
From J2, the RF signal goes to either the directional
coupler (£20 GHz models) or the input connector J1
on the switched doubler module (>20 GHz models).
0.01 to 2 GHz
Down
Converter
The 0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter assembly (Figures 2-4 and 2-5) contains a 6.5 GHz VCO that is
phase-locked to the 500 MHz reference signal from
the A3 Reference Loop PCB. The 6.5 GHz VCO’s
phase-lock condition is monitored by the CPU. The
6.5 GHz VCO is on at all times; however, the down
converter amplifier is powered on by the A13 YIG
Driver PCB only when the 0.01 to 2 GHz frequency
range is selected.
During CW or swept frequency operations in the
0.01 to 2 GHz frequency range, the 6.51 to 8.5 GHz
RF signal output from J3 of the switched filter assembly goes to input connector J1 of the down converter. The 6.51 to 8.5 GHz RF signal is then mixed
with the 6.5 GHz VCO signal resulting in a 0.01 to
2 GHz RF signal. The resultant RF signal is fed
through a 2 GHz low-pass filter, then amplified and
routed to the output connector J3. A portion of the
down converter’s RF output signal is detected,
2-24
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
amplified, and coupled out for use in internal leveling. The detected RF sample is routed to the A10
ALC PCB.
The 0.01 to 2 GHz RF output from the down converter goes to input connector J1 of the switched filter assembly. There, the 0.01 to 2 GHz RF signal is
multiplexed into the switched filter’s output path.
0.5 to 2.2 GHz
Digital Down
Converter
The 0.5 to 2.2 GHz Digital Down Converter assembly (Figures 2-6 and 2-7), found in the 682X5B/
683X5B models, provides improved phase noise
across the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz frequency range. Power is
applied to the down converter assembly at all times;
however, the down converter amplifier is powered
on by the A13 YIG Driver PCB only when the 0.5 to
2.2 GHz frequency range is selected.
During CW or swept frequency operations in the 0.5
to 2.2 GHz frequency range, the 2 to 4.4 GHz RF
signal output from J3 of the switched filter assembly goes to the input connector J1 of the digital
down converter. In the down converter, the 2 to
4.4 GHz RF signal is divided by 2 to produce frequencies of 1 to 2.2 GHz and divided by 2 again to
develop frequencies of 0.5 to 1 GHz. From the frequency dividers, the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz RF signal then
goes to the modulator which provides power level
control, AM, and pulse modulation of the RF signals.
In addition to the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz RF signal from the
frequency dividers, the modulator has two other inputs—the modulator control input and the pulse input. The modulator control input adjusts the gain of
the modulator to control the power level of the RF
output signals. The modulator control signal is received from the A9 PIN Control PCB where it is developed from the ALC control signal. Amplitude
modulation is accomplished by varying the modulator control signal with the modulating signal. Pulse
modulation is achieved by switching the modulator
on and off at a rate determined by the modulating
pulse input. The modulating pulse input is received
via connector J4 from the A6 Pulse Generator PCB.
The modulating pulse signal is also routed out via
connector J5 to the switched filter assembly.
The RF signal from the modulator is amplified and
fed via PIN switches to the switched low-pass fil-
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-25
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
ters. PIN switch drive current is generated by internal drivers that are controlled by signals received
from the A12 Analog Instruction PCB. The switched
low-pass filters provide rejection of unwanted harmonics. The 0.5 to 2.2 GHz RF signal has four filtering paths—700 MHz, 1000 MHz, 1400 MHz, and
2200 MHz. After routing through the appropriate
filter path, the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz RF signal goes to connector J2. A portion of the down converter’s RF output signal is detected, amplified, and coupled out for
use in internal leveling. The detected RF sample is
routed to the A10 ALC PCB.
The 0.5 to 2.2 GHz RF output from the down converter goes to input connector J1 of the switched filter assembly. There, the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz RF signal is
multiplexed into the switched filter’s output path.
Switched
Doubler
Module
The switched doubler module (SDM), found in
>20 GHz models, is used to double the fundamental
frequencies of 10 to 20 GHz to produce RF output
frequencies of 20 to 40 GHz.
26.5 GHz Models
The RF signal from the switched filter assembly is
input to the SDM at J1. During CW or swept frequency operations in the 20 to 26.5 GHz frequency
range, the 10 to 13.25 GHz RF signal input is routed
by PIN switches to the doubler/amplifier. PIN
switch drive current is provided by the A9 PIN Control PCB and bias voltage for the doubler/amplifier
is supplied by the A14 SDM Driver PCB. The RF
signal is amplified, then doubled in frequency. From
the doubler, the 20 to 26.5 GHz RF signal goes to
the bandpass filter. After passing through the bandpass filter, the 20 to 26.5 GHz RF signal is multiplexed by the PIN switches to the SDM output at
connector J2. RF signals input to the SDM of
£20 GHz are multiplexed through by the PIN
switches to output connector J2.
40 GHz Models
The RF signal from the switched filter assembly is
input to the SDM at J1. During CW or swept frequency operations in the 20 to 40 GHz frequency
range, the 10 to 20 GHz RF signal input is routed by
PIN switches to the doubler/amplifiers. PIN switch
drive current is provided by the A9 PIN Control
PCB and bias voltage for the doubler/amplifiers is
supplied by the A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB. The
2-26
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
RF Path for 20 GHz Models
Switched Doubler Module - ND40843
(26.5 GHz Models)
x2
20 - 26.5 GHz
>+8.5 dBm
20 - 26.5 GHz BPF
J1
J2
Bias
20 - 25 GHz BPF
3.3 GHz LPF
BIAS
MAIN
8.4-20 GHz
>+4dBm
Modulator
J6
8.5 GHz LPF
FM
2-8.4 GHz
J5
J7
20 - 40 GHz
>+8.5 dBm
Switched Doubler Module - D28535
(40 GHz Models)
Switched Filter Assy. - D25015 (Standard)
- D26350 (Option 15B)
2-20 GHz
YIG Oscillator
Switch
Control
5.5 GHz LPF
>+15 dBm (Std.)
8.4 GHz LPF
20 GHz LPF
J1
Directional
Coupler
25 - 32 GHz BPF
x2
32 - 40 GHz BPF
J2
J2
>+20 dBm (Opt. 15B)
110 dB
Step
Attenuator
(Option)
RF Output
0.5 - 40 GHz
13.5 GHz LPF
Bias
J1
J3
Level
Control
Switch
Control
Control
>+17 dBm
0.5 - 2.2 GHz
Modulator
Control
Sampler
(-20 dBm
to
-27dBm)
Switch
Control
Digital Down Converter Assy. - D27370
2000 4400 MHz J1
Pulse
2200 MHz LPF
÷2
÷2
J4
J2
1400 MHz LPF
>+16 dBm
1000 MHz LPF
700 MHz LPF
Modulator
Control
J3
J5
NOTE
Switched Doubler Module not installed
in Models 68245B/68345B.
Pulse
Switch
Control
Level
Control
Figure 2-6. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for all
£40 GHz 682X5B/683X5B Models
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-27
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
S o u r c e Q u a d r u p le r M o d u le À
1 6 .8 G H z L P F
& 6 d B P A D
Â
B P F
x 4
J 1
(J 1 )
B ia s
J 4
2 -2 0 G H z
Y IG O s c illa to r
8 .4 -2 0 G H z
J 6
8 .5 G H z L P F
F M
2 -8 .4 G H z
J 5
J 7
D ir e c tio n a l
C o u p le r
J 3
2 0 - 2 5 G H z B P F
5 .5 G H z L P F
> + 2 0 d B m
8 .4 G H z L P F
2 0 G H z L P F
x 2
J 2
L e v e l
C o n tro l
2 5 - 3 2 G H z B P F
3 2 - 4 0 G H z B P F
J 1
J 2
0 .5 - 4 0 G H z
> + 1 0 d B m
À
1 3 .5 G H z L P F
B ia s
J 1
J 3
S w itc h
C o n tro l
Á
0 .5 - 2 .2 G H z
S w itc h
C o n tro l
D ig ita l D o w n C o n v e r te r A s s y . - D 2 7 3 7 0
2 0 0 0 4 4 0 0 M H z
P u ls e
9 0 d B
S te p
A tte n u a to r
( O p tio n )
R F O u tp u t
0 .5 - 6 5 G H z
J 2
> + 1 7 d B m
M o d u la to r
C o n tro l
S a m p le r
(-2 0 d B m
to
-2 7 d B m )
Á
S w itc h e d D o u b le r M o d u le - D 2 8 5 3 5
3 .3 G H z L P F
> + 4 d B m
F o rw a rd
C o u p le r
> + 1 8 d B m
S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y . - D 2 6 3 5 0
B IA S
M A IN
M o d u la to r
C o n tro l
J 1
¸
2 2 0 0 M H z L P F
2
¸
J 4
J 2
1 4 0 0 M H z L P F
> + 1 6 d B m
1 0 0 0 M H z L P F
2
7 0 0 M H z L P F
M o d u la to r
C o n tro l
S o u rc e
P a rt N u
D 2 8 1 8 5
6 0 -1 4 1
6 0 -1 4 2
Q u
m b
(4
(4
(4
a d ru
e rs :
0 - 5
0 - 6
0 - 6
S Q
F o
F o
u s
6 0
/N
d C
d C
ith
D 2
o u
o u
S Q
M P
rw a r
rw a r
e d w
-1 4 2
p le r M o d u le
0 G H z )
0 G H z )
5 G H z )
8 1
p le
p le
M
8 5 c o n ta in s a
r.
r P /N C 2 7 1 8 4 is
P /N s 6 0 -1 4 1 a n d
.
T h e 1 6 .8 G H z L P F a n d 6 d B P A D ,
P /N B 2 8 6 1 2 , is u s e d w ith
S Q M P /N s 6 0 -1 4 1 a n d 6 0 -1 4 2 .
J 3
J 5
P u ls e
Â
C o n tro l
S w itc h
C o n tro l
L e v e l
C o n tro l
Figure 2-7. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for all
>40 GHz 682X5B/683X5B Models
2-28
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
RF signal is amplified, then doubled in frequency.
From the doubler, the 20 to 40 GHz RF signal is
routed by PIN switches to the bandpass filters.
There are three bandpass filter paths to provide
good harmonic performance. The frequency ranges
of the three paths are 20 to 25 GHz, 25 to 32 GHz,
and 32 to 40 GHz.
After routing through the appropriate bandpass filter path, the 20 to 40 GHz RF signal is multiplexed
by the PIN switches to the SDM output at connector
J2. RF signals input to the SDM of £20 GHz are
multiplexed through by the PIN switches to output
connector J2.
Source
Quadrupler
Module
The source quadrupler module (SQM), found in
>40 GHz models, is used to quadruple the fundamental frequencies of 10 to 16.25 GHz to produce
RF output frequencies of 40 to 65 GHz. The RF signal inputs for the SQM come from the switched filter assembly. The modulator control signal for the
SQM is received from the A14 SDM, SQM Driver
PCB where it is developed from the ALC control signal. The A14 PCB also supplies the amplifier bias
voltage(s) for the SQM.
50 GHz Models (SQM P/N D28185)
During CW or swept frequency operations in the 40
to 50 GHz frequency range, the 10 to 12.5 GHz RF
signal input is quadrupled and amplified, then goes
to the modulator. The modulator provides for power
level control and amplitude modulation of the RF
output signal. From the modulator, the 40 to
50 GHz RF signals goes via a band-pass filter to output connector J3 of the forward coupler. Note that
on the 40 to 50 GHz SQM (P/N D28185), the forward coupler is an integral part of the SQM. The
0.01 to 40 GHz (0.5 to 40 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B
models) RF output signals from the SDM are routed
to input connector J2 of the SQM forward coupler.
The 0.01 to 50 GHz (0.5 to 50 GHz for the 682X5B/
683X5B models) RF output signals go from J3 of the
SQM forward coupler to the directional coupler.
60 GHz Models (SQM P/N 60-141)
During CW or swept frequency operations in the 40
to 60 GHz frequency range, the 10 to 15 GHz RF
signal input is quadrupled and amplified, then goes
to the modulator. The modulator provides for power
level control and amplitude modulation of the RF
output signal. From the modulator, the 40 to
682XXB/683XXB MM
2-29
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
60 GHz RF signal goes via a band-pass filter to the
output connector of the SQM.
From the SQM, the 40 to 60 GHz RF output signal
goes to input connector J1 of the forward coupler,
P/N C27184. The other input to the forward coupler
at connector J2 is the 0.01 to 40 GHz (0.5 to 40 GHz
for 682X5B/683X5B models) RF output signals from
the SDM. From forward coupler output connector
J3, the 0.01 to 60 GHz (0.5 to 60 GHz for the
682X5B/683X5B models) RF output signals go to the
directional coupler.
65 GHz Models (SQM P/N 60-142)
During CW or swept frequency operations in the 40
to 65 GHz frequency range, the 10 to 16.25 GHz RF
signal input is quadrupled and amplified, then goes
to the modulator. The modulator provides for power
level control and amplitude modulation of the RF
output signal. From the modulator, the 40 to
65 GHz RF signal goes via a band-pass filter to the
output connector of the SQM.
From the SQM, the 40 to 65 GHz RF output signal
goes to input connector J1 of the forward coupler,
P/N C27184. The other input to the forward coupler
at connector J2 is the 0.01 to 40 GHz (0.5 to 40 GHz
for 682X5B/683X5B models) RF output signals from
the SDM. From forward coupler output connector
J3, the 0.01 to 65 GHz (0.5 to 65 GHz for the
682X5B/683X5B models) RF output signals go to the
directional coupler.
Power Level
Detection/
ALC Loop
2-30
The RF signal output from either the switched filter
assembly (£20 GHz models), the SDM (£26.5 GHz or
£40 GHz models), or forward coupler (>40 GHz models) goes to the directional coupler for transfer to the
RF OUTPUT connector. A portion of the RF output
signal is detected, amplified, and coupled out as
feedback to the ALC circuitry on the A10 ALC PCB.
In these circuits, the signal from the detector is
summed with the reference voltage that represents
the desired RF output power level. The resulting
voltage is fed from the A10 ALC PCB to the ALC
modulator driver circuit on the A9 PIN Control PCB
(and the ALC modulator driver circuit on the A14
SDM, SQM Driver PCB for >40 GHz models). The
resulting modulator control signals go to the modulators in the switched filter assembly, the SQM (for
>40 GHz models), and the digital down converter
682XXB/683XXB MM
FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
RF DECK
ASSEMBLIES
(for 682X5B/683X5B models) to adjust the RF output power level.
Step
Attenuator
682XXB/683XXB MM
The optional step attenuator provides up to 110 dB
(90 dB for 50 GHz and 60 GHz models) attenuation
of the RF output in 10 dB steps. The step attenuator
drive current is supplied by the A9 PIN Control
PCB.
2-31/2-32
Chapter 3
Performance Verification
Table of Contents
3-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3
TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-4
CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 3-3
3-5
682XXB/683XXB POWER LEVELS . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-6
INTERNAL TIME BASE AGING RATE TEST . . . 3-8
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Test Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
EXAMPLE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-7
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS TESTS . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure.
Fine Loop Test Procedure . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-8
SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . .
0.01 - 2 GHz Test Procedure .
0.5 - 2.2 GHz Test Procedure .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-14
3-14
3-14
3-17
3-9
HARMONIC TEST: 2 TO 20 GHz .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) . .
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-10
SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST . . . . 3-22
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Table of Contents (Continued)
3-11
POWER LEVEL TESTS . . . . . . . . .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure .
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure .
3-12
AMPLITUDE MODULATION TEST . . . . . . . . 3-30
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
AM Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-13
FREQUENCY MODULATION TESTS . . . . . . . 3-33
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
FM Input Sensitivity Procedure . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-14
PULSE MODULATION TESTS .
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . .
Rise/Fall Time and Overshoot .
Pulse Leveling Accuracy . . .
3-15
PULSE MODULATION TEST: VIDEO
FEEDTHROUGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3-16
PULSE MODULATION TEST: RF ON/OFF
RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-17
PHASE MODULATION TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
FΜ Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-48
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-26
3-26
3-27
3-27
3-39
3-39
3-40
3-41
Chapter 3
Performance Verification
3-1
3-2
INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains tests that can be used to verify the performance
of the Series 682XXB/683XXB Synthesized Signal Generators to specifications. These tests support all instrument models having any version of firmware. Units with Option 2A, 2B, 2C, or 2D (110 dB or
90 dB step attenuators), Option 11 (0.1 Hz frequency resolution), and
Option 15B (high power output) are also covered.
RECOMMENDED TEST
EQUIPMENT
Table 3-1 (page 3-4) provides a list of the recommended test equipment
for the performance verification tests.
The test procedures refer to specific test equipment front panel control
settings when the test setup is critical to making an accurate measurement. In some cases, the user may substitute test equipment having the same critical specifications as those on the recommended test
equipment list.
Contact your local ANRITSU service center (refer to Table 1-5 on page
1-18) if you need clarification of any equipment or procedural reference.
3-3
3-4
TEST RECORDS
A blank copy of a sample performance verification test record for each
682XXB/683XXB model is provided in Appendix A. Each test record
contains the model-specific variables called for by the test procedures.
It also provides a means for maintaining an accurate and complete
record of instrument performance. We recommend that you copy these
pages and use them to record the results of your initial testing of the
instrument. These initial test results can later be used as benchmark
values for future tests of the same instrument.
CONNECTOR AND KEY
LABEL NOTATION
The test procedures include many references to equipment interconnections and control settings. For all 682XXB/683XXB references, specific labels are used to denote the appropriate menu key, data entry
key, data entry control, or connector (such as CW/SWEEP SELECT or
RF OUTPUT). Most references to supporting test equipment use general labels for commonly used controls and connections (such as Span
or RF Input). In some cases, a specific label is used that is a particular
feature of the test equipment listed in Table 3-1.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-3
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
Table 3-1.
RECOMMENDED
TEST EQUIPMENT
Recommended Test Equipment for Performance Verification Tests (1 of 2)
INSTRUMENT
CRITCAL
SPECIFICATION
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
TEST
NUMBER
Spectrum Analyzer,
with
External Mixers
and
Diplexer Assy
Frequency Resolution: 0.01 to 65 GHz
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz
Tektronix, Model 2794, with
External Mixers:
WM780K (18 to 26.5 GHz)
WM780A (26.5 to 40 GHz)
WM780U (40 to 60 GHz)
WM780E (60 to 90 GHz)
and
Diplexer Assy: 015-0385-00
Spectrum Analyzer
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 40 MHz
Resolution Bandwidth: 3 Hz
Hewlett-Packard, Model 3585B
3-10
Frequency Counter
with
Cable Kit
and
External Mixer
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 65 GHz
Input Impedance: 50Ω
Resolution: 1 Hz
Other: External Time Base Input
EIP Microwave, Inc. Models 538B,
548B, or 578B, with
Cable Kit: Option 590
and
External Mixer:
Option 91 (26.5 to 40 GHz)
Option 92 (40 to 60 GHz)
Option 93 (60 to 90 GHz)
3-7
Power Meter,
with
Power Sensor
Power Range: –30 to +20 dBm
(1mW to 100mW)
Hewlett-Packard Model 437B, with
Power Sensor:
HP 8487A (0.01 to 50 GHz)
3-11
Power Meter
with
Power Sensor
Power Range: –30 to +20 dBm
(1mW to 100mW)
ANRITSU ML4803A, with
Power Sensor:
MP716A4 (50 to 75 GHz)
3-11
Frequency Reference Frequency: 10 MHz
Accuracy: 5 x 10–12 parts/day
Absolute Time Corp., Model 300
3-6
Modulation Analyzer
Frequency Input: 10 MHz
(or the IF of the spectrum analyzer)
AM Depth: 0% to 90%
AM Modulation Rates: dc to 100 kHz
Filters: 20 kHz lowpass, 300 Hz highpass
Hewlett-Packard, Model 8901A
3-12
Oscilloscope
Bandwidth: DC to 150 MHz
Vertical Sensitivity: 2mV/division
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/division
Tektronix, Inc. Model TAS485
3-6, 3-11,
3-14, 3-15
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 to 26 GHz
Macom Micro Electronics Div.
Model DMS1-26A
3-10
Adapter
K (male) to 2.4 mm (female)
Adapts the Power Sensor, HP 8487A, to
the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT connector (£40 GHz models)
Hewlett-Packard
Part Number: HP 11904D
3-11
Adapter
Adapts the MP716A4 Power Sensor to
the ML4803A Power Meter
ANRITSU MA4002B
3-11
3-4
3-8, 3-9, 3-12,
3-13, 3-16,
3-17
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
Table 3-1.
RECOMMENDED
TEST EQUIPMENT
Recommended Test Equipment for Performance Verification Tests (2 of 2)
CRITCAL
SPECIFICATION
INSTRUMENT
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
TEST
NUMBER
Adapter
WR15 to V (male)
Adapts the MP716A4 Power Sensor to
the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT
connector (>40 GHz)
ANRITSU, Model 35WR15V
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41KC-10
3-9, 3-10
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41KC-20
3-9
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41V-10
3-9, 3-10
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41V-20
3-9
Microwave (Pulse)
Detector
Output Polarity: Negative
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz
ANRITSU, Model SC3800
(K input/BNC output connectors)
3-14
High Pass Filter
150 MHz High-Pass Filter (DC Block)
Narda, Model 4564
3-14
Low Pass Filter
450 MHz Low-Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits, Model SLP-450
3-15
Tee
Connectors: 50W BNC
Any common source
3-10
Any common source
All tests
Cables
Connectors: 50W BNC
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-11
3-5
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-5
682XXB/683XXB POWER
LEVELS
682XXB/683XXB
POWER LEVELS
Table 3-2 is a listing of the Series 682XXB and 683XXB Synthesized
Signal Generator models and their maximum leveled ouput power levels. Certain test procedures will refer you to this table for the maximum leveled output power level setting of the instrument model being
tested.
Table 3-2.
3-6
682XXB/683XXB Maximum Leveled Output Power (1 of 2)
68XXXB
Model
Frequency
(GHz)
Max Leveled
Output Power
Max Leveled
Output Power
w/Step Attenuator
68X37B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
68X45B
0.5 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+11 dBm
68X47B
0.01 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
68X53B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.5 dBm
68X55B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.5 dBm
68X59B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.5 dBm
68X63B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X65B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X69B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+9.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X75B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
+11.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.0 dBm
68X77B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
+12.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.0 dBm
68X85B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 60.0 GHz
+11.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.5 dBm
–2.0 dBm
68X87B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 60.0 GHz
+12.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+2.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+8.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–1.5 dBm
–2.0 dBm
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
682XXB/683XXB
POWER LEVELS
Table 3-2.
682XXB/683XXB Maximum Leveled Output Power (2 of 2)
68XXXB
Model
Frequency
(GHz)
Max Leveled
Output Power
Max Leveled
Output Power
w/Step Attenuator
68X95B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 65.0 GH
+11.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–2.0 dBm
Not Available
68X97B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
40.0 – 50.0 GHz
50.0 – 65.0 GHz
+12.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+2.5 dBm
0.0 dBm
–2.0 dBm
Not Available
With Option 15B (High Power) Installed
682XXB/683XXB MM
68X37B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
+17.0 dBm
+15.0 dBm
68X45B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+17.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+15.0 dBm
68X47B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+17.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+15.0 dBm
68X53B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.5 dBm
68X55B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.5 dBm
68X59B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 26.5 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+10.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+7.5 dBm
68X63B
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X65B
0.5 – 2.2 GHz
2.2 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X69B
0.01 – 2.0 GHz
2.0 – 20.0 GHz
20.0 – 40.0 GHz
+13.0 dBm
+13.0 dBm
+6.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+11.0 dBm
+3.0 dBm
68X75B
0.5 – 50.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X77B
0.01 – 50.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X85B
0.5 – 60.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X87B
0.01 – 60.0 GHz
Standard
Standard
68X95B
0.5 – 65.0 GHz
Standard
Not Available
68X97B
0.01 – 65.0 GHz
Standard
Not Available
3-7
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-6
INTERNAL TIME BASE
AGING RATE TEST
INTERNAL TIME BASE
AGING RATE TEST
(Optional)
The following test can be used to verify that the 682XXB/683XXB
10 MHz time base is within its aging specification. The instrument derives its frequency accuracy from an internal 100 MHz crystal oscillator standard. (With Option 16 installed, frequency accuracy is derived
from an internal high-stability 10 MHz crystal oscillator.) An inherent
characteristic of crystal oscillators is the effect of crystal aging within
the first few days to weeks of operation. Typically, the crystal oscillator’s frequency increases slightly at first, then settles to a relatively
constant value for the rest of its life. The 682XXB/683XXB reference
oscillator aging is specified as <2x10–8 parts per day (<5x10–10 with
Option 16).
NOTES
Do not confuse crystal aging with other short term
frequency instabilties; i.e., noise and temperature. The
internal time base of the instrument may not achieve its
specified aging rate before the specified warm-up time of
7 to 30 days has elasped; therefore, this performance test is
optional.
For greatest absolute frequency accuracy, allow the 682XXB/683XXB
to warm up until its RF output frequency has stabilized (usually 7 to
30 days). Once stabilized, the change in reference oscillator frequency
should remain within the aging rate if; (1) the time base oven is not allowed to cool, (2) the instrument orientation with respect to the earth’s
magnetic field is maintained, (3) the instrument does not sustain any
mechanical shock, and (4) ambient temperature is held constant. This
test should be performed upon receipt of the instrument and again after a period of several days to weeks to fully qualify the aging rate.
6 8 2 X X B / 6 8 3 X X B
F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e
1 0 M H z
R E F O U T
1 P P S
1 .5 M H z
1 0 M H z
A B S O L U T E T IM E
2
E S C
1
4
5
D E L
7
8
9
0
E N T E R
M O D
.
3
6
M o d e l 3 0 0 F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e
1 0 M H z In p u t
Figure 3-1.
Equipment Setup for Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Setup
3-8
Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Frequency Reference front panel
input connector labeled 10 MHz when directed to do
so during the test procedure.
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
INTERNAL TIME BASE
AGING RATE TEST
Test
Procedure
The frequency error is measured at the start and
finish of the test time period of 24 hours. The aging
rate is the difference between the two error readings.
1. Set up the Frequency Reference as follows:
a. Press the ESC key until the MAIN MENU is
displayed.
b. At the MAIN MENU display, press 1 to select
CONFIGURATION.
c. At the CONFIGURATION MENU display,
press 8 to select MEAS.
d. Press the MOD key and use the Up/Down Arrow keys to get to the menu display:
MEASUREMENT = FREQ.
e. Press the ENTER key.
f. Press the ESC key until the MAIN MENU is
displayed.
g. At the MAIN MENU display, press 3 to select
the REVIEW MENU.
h. At the REVIEW MENU display, press 8 to select TFM.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT signal to the Frequency Reference front
panel 10 MHz input.
3. Wait approximately 90 minutes (default setting)
until the FMFOM on the Frequency Reference
display decreases from 9 to 1. (The default setting
is recommended to achieve optimum measements.)
The frequency error in the signal under test is
displayed in ps/s (Picoseconds/Second). For example, an error of –644681 ps/s is –644681 ´ 10–12 or
–6.44681 ´ 10–7 away from the 10 MHz internal
reference of the Frequency Reference.
The frequency error display is continuously updated as a running 5000-second average. The averaging smooths out the short-term instability of
the oscillator.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-9
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
INTERNAL TIME BASE
AGING RATE TEST
4. Record the frequency error value, displayed on
the Frequency Reference, on the Test Record.
5. Wait for 24 hours, then record the current frequency error value on the Test Record.
6. The aging rate is the difference between the two
frequency error values.
7. Record the computed result on the Test Record.
To meet the specification, the computed aging
rate must be <2 ´ 10–8 per day (<5 ´ 10–10 per
day with Option 16).
3-10
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-7
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS TESTS
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS TESTS
The following tests can be used to verify correct operation of the frequency synthesis circuits. Frequency synthesis testing is divided into
two parts—coarse loop/YIG loop tests and fine loop tests.
682XXB/683XXB
FREQUENCY COUNTER
10 MHz
REF OUT
10 MHz
EXT IN
Band 3 Band 4
Input
Input
Connection B
Band 2
Input
RF IN
RF OUT
(26.5 to 60 GHz)
Connection A
Figure 3-2.
Mixer
(0.01 to 26.5 GHz)
Equipment Setup for Frequency Synthesis Tests
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-2, as follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Frequency Counter 10 MHz External Reference input. If the Frequency Counter
has an INT/EXT toggle switch, ensure the switch
is set to EXT.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Frequency Counter RF Input as follows:
a. For measuring frequencies of 0.01 to 1.0 GHz,
connect to the Band 2 input (Connection A).
b. For measuring frequencies of 1.0 to 26.5 GHz,
connect to the Band 3 input (Connection A).
c. For measuring frequencies of 26.5 to 40.0 GHz,
connect to the Band 4 input via the Option 91
waveguide mixer (Connection B).
d. For measuring frequencies of 40.0 to 60.0 GHz,
connect to the Band 4 input via the Option 92
waveguide mixer (Connection B).
e. For measuring frequencies of 60.0 to 65.0 GHz,
connect to the Band 4 input via the Option 93
waveguide mixer (Connection B).
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-11
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS TESTS
Coarse Loop/
YIG Loop Test
Procedure
The following procedure tests both the coarse loop
and YIG loop by stepping the signal generator
through its full frequency range in 1 GHz steps and
measuring the RF output at each step.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the first test frequency indicated on
the Test Record for the model being tested.
2. Record the Frequency Counter reading on the
Test Record. The Frequency Counter reading
must be within ±100 Hz of the displayed 682XXB/
683XXB frequency to accurately complete this
test.
NOTE
The Frequency Counter reading is typically within ±1 Hz because the instruments
use a common time base. Differences of a
few Hertz can be caused by noise or counter
limitations. Differences of ³±100 Hz indicate a frequency synthesis problem.
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key (diamond-shaped key) to increment F1 to the
next test frequency on the Test Record. Record
the Frequency Counter reading on the Test Record.
4. Repeat step 3 until all frequencies listed on the
Test Record have been recorded.
3-12
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIS TESTS
Fine Loop
Test
Procedure
The following procedure tests the fine loop by stepping the instrument through ten 1 kHz steps (ten
100 Hz steps for instruments with Option 11) and
measuring the RF output at each step.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the first test frequency indicated on
the Test Record.
2. Record the Frequency Counter reading on the
Test Record. The Frequency Counter reading
must be within ±100 Hz of the displayed 682XXB/
683XXB frequency (±10 Hz for instruments with
Option 11) to accurately complete this test.
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key (diamond-shaped key) to increment F1 to the
next test frequency on the Test Record. Record
the Frequency Counter reading on the Test Record.
4. Repeat step 3 until all frequencies listed on the
Test Record have been recorded.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-13
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-8
SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
£2 GHz (£2.2 GHz for 68XX5B MODELS)
SPURIOUS SIGNALS
TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS £2 GHz
(£2.2 GHz for 68XX5B
MODELS)
The following test can be used to verify that the signal generator
meets its spurious signals specifications for RF output signals from
0.01 to 2 GHz (0.5 to 2.2 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B Models). This test is
applicable only to instruments which cover the frequency range 10
MHz to 2 GHz (500 MHz to 2.2 GHz for 682X5B/683X5B models). The
0.01 to 2 GHz test procedure begins on this page; the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz
test procedure begins on page 3-17.
682XXB / 683XXB
Spectrum Analyzer
EXT REF
INPUT
10 MHz
REF OUT
RF IN
RF OUT
Figure 3-3.
Equipment Setup for Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals £2 GHz
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-3, as follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference Input.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
0.01 - 2 GHz
Test
Procedure
The following procedure lets you measure the worst
case spurious signals (harmonic and non-harmonic)
of the 0.01 to 2 GHz RF output to verify that they
meet specifications.
1. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. Span: 10 MHz/div
b. CF: 50 MHz
c. RBW: 1 MHz
d. Sweep Time/Div: Auto (to resolve signal peaks
clearly)
3-14
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
£2 GHz (£2.2 GHz for 68XX5B MODELS)
2. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
c. Set L1 to the lesser of +10 dBm or the maximum leveled power level for the instrument
being tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
Table 3-3.
Spurious Signals Specifications
Harmonic and Harmonic Related:
500 MHz to £2.2 GHz (68XX5B):
<–50 dBc
10 MHz to £50 MHz:
<–30 dBc
>50 MHz to £2 GHz:
<–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz for 68XX5B)
to £20 GHz:
<–60 dBc
>20 GHz to £40 GHz:
<–40 dBc
Harmonic and Harmonic Related (Models having a
high-end frequency of >40 GHz and units with Option 15B at maximum specified leveled output
power):
500 MHz to £2.2 GHz (68XX5B):
<–50 dBc
10 MHz to £50 MHz:
<–30 dBc
>50 MHz to £2 GHz:
<–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz for 68XX5B)
to £20 GHz:
<–50 dBc
>20 GHz to £40 GHz:
<–40 dBc
50 GHz units: >40 GHz to £50 GHz: <–40 dBc
60 GHz units: >40 GHz to £60 GHz: <–30 dBc
65 GHz units: >40 GHz to £45 GHz: <–25 dBc
>45 GHz to £65 GHz: <–30 dBc
Non-Harmonics:
500 MHz to £2.2 GHz (68XX5B):
<–50 dBc
10 MHz to £2 GHz:
<–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz for 68XX5B)
to £65 GHz:
<–60 dBc
d. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
e. Set F1 to 10 MHz.
3. On the Spectrum Analyzer, measure the worst
case harmonic and non-harmonic signals for the
10 MHz carrier. Record their presence by entering the levels on the Test Record. Refer to Table
3-3 for the specified level limits.
NOTE
Harmonics appear at multiples of the CW
frequency and diminish quickly as the CW
frequency gets greater than 1 GHz.
4. Repeat step 3 with F1 set first to 20 MHz, then
set to 30 MHz. Measure the worst case harmonics
and non-harmonics for each carrier frequency
and record their presence by entering their levels
on the Test Record.
5. Change the Spectrum Analyzer setup as follows:
a. Span: 100 MHz/div
b. CF: 500 MHz
6. Repeat step 3 with F1 set to 40 MHz. Measure
the worst case harmonic and non-harmonic signals for the 40 MHz carrier and record their presence by entering their levels on the Test Record.
7. Change the Spectrum Analyzer setup as follows:
a. Span: 200 MHz/div (or maximum span width)
b. CF: 1 GHz (N/A if at maximum span width)
8. Repeat step 3 with F1 set to 350 MHz. Measure
the worst case harmonic and non-harmonic signals for the 350 MHz carrier and record their
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-15
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
£2 GHz (£2.2 GHz for 68XX5B MODELS)
presence by entering their levels on the Test Record.
9. Set F1 to 1.6 GHz. Measure the worst case nonharmonic signal for the 1.6 GHz carrier and record its presence by entering its level on the Test
Record.
10. Change the Spectrum Analyzer setup as follows:
a. Span: 10 MHz/div
b. CF: 1.6 GHz
c. RBW: 1 MHz
11. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Reference Level
control to place the signal at the top of the screen
graticule.
12. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF first to
3.2 GHz, then to 4.8 GHz. Compare the harmonic
levels with the signal level at 1.6 GHz. Measure
the harmonic levels and record them on the Test
Record.
3-16
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
£2 GHz (£2.2 GHz for 68XX5B MODELS)
0.5 - 2.2 GHz
Test
Procedure
The following procedure lets you measure the 0.5 to
2.2 GHz RF output harmonic levels to verify that
they meet specifications.
1. Set up the 682X5B/683X5B as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
c. Set L1 to the lesser of +10 dBm or the maximum leveled power level for the instrument
being tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
d. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
e. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
Record.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. Span: 5 kHz/div
b. CF: Set to the 682X5B/683X5B frequency
value.
c. RBW: 1 kHz
d. Video Filter Wide: On
3. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Peaking control
for maximum signal level, then adjust the Reference Level Control to place the signal at the top
of the screen graticule.
4. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF to each of the
harmonic frequencies listed on the Test Record
and record the signal levels on the Test Record.
Refer to Table 3-3 (page 3-15) for the specified
harmonic signal level limits.
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each of the 682X5B/
683X5B CW carrier and harmonic frequencies
listed on the Test Record. Record the harmonic
signal levels on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-17
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-9
HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz
The following test can be used to verify that the 682XXB/683XXB
meets its harmonic specifications for RF output signals from 2 to
20 GHz (2.2 to 20 GHz for 68XX5B Models). Test record entries are
supplied for harmonics up to a frequency limit of 40 GHz. Additional
harmonic checks may be made at any frequency of interest up to the
RF output frequency limit of the 682XXB/683XXB model being tested.
These additional harmonic checks can be accomplished through the
use of waveguide mixers to extend the frequency range of the spectrum analyzer.
HARMONIC TEST: RF
OUTPUT SIGNALS FROM
2 TO 20 GHz
682XXB / 683XXB
Spectrum Analyzer
EXT REF
INPUT
10 MHz
REF OUT
Connection B
RF IN
Diplexer
RF OUT
Mixer
Connection A
Figure 3-4.
Equipment Setup for Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals from 2 to 20 GHz
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-4, as follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External
Reference Input.
2. Connect the diplexer and appropriate external
waveguide mixer to the Spectrum Analyzer.
3. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Spectrum Analyzer as shown in Connection A
(682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to Spectrum
Analyzer RF IN).
3-18
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz
Test
Procedure
(2 to 10 GHz)
The following procedure lets you measure the 2 to
10 GHz (2.2 to 10 GHz for 68XX5Bs) RF output harmonic levels to verify that they meet specifications.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
Table 3-4.
Spurious Signals Specifications
Harmonic and Harmonic Related:
500 MHz to £2.2 GHz (68XX5B):
<–50 dBc
10 MHz to £50 MHz:
<–30 dBc
>50 MHz to £2 GHz:
<–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz for 68XX5B)
to £20 GHz:
<–60 dBc
>20 GHz to £40 GHz:
<–40 dBc
Harmonic and Harmonic Related (Models having a
high-end frequency of >40 GHz and units with Option 15B at maximum specified leveled output
power):
500 Mhz to £2.2 GHz (68XX5B):
<–50 dBc
10 MHz to £50 MHz:
<–30 dBc
>50 MHz to £2 GHz:
<–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz for 68XX5B)
to £20 GHz:
<–50 dBc
>20 GHz to £40 GHz:
<–40 dBc
50 GHz units: >40 GHz to £50 GHz: <–40 dBc
60 GHz units: >40 GHz to £60 GHz: <–30 dBc
65 GHz units: >40 GHz to £45 GHz: <–25 dBc
>45 GHz to £65 GHz: <–30 dBc
Non-Harmonics:
500 MHz to £2.2 GHz (68XX5B):
<–50 dBc
10 MHz to £2 GHz:
<–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz for 68XX5B)
to £65 GHz:
<–60 dBc
b. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
c. Set L1 to the lesser of +10 dBm or the maximum leveled power level for the instrument
being tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
d. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
e. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
Record.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. Span: 5 kHz/div
b. CF: Set to the 682XXB/683XXB frequency
value.
c. RBW: 1 kHz
d. Video Filter Wide: On
3. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Peaking control
for maximum signal level, then adjust the Reference Level Control to place the signal at the top
of the screen graticule.
4. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF to each of the
harmonic frequencies listed on the Test Record
and record the signal levels. Refer to Table 3-4 for
the specified harmonic signal level limits.
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each of the 682XXB/
683XXB CW carrier and harmonic frequencies
listed on the Test Record. Record the harmonic
signal levels on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-19
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz
Test
Procedure
(11 to 20 GHz)
The following procedure lets you measure the 11 to
20 GHz RF output harmonic levels to verify that
they meet specifications.
NOTE
Because an external mixer is required for
these measurements, the RF output flatness of the signal generator is used to correct for; (1) variations caused by switching
from the fundamental input to the external
mixer input of the Spectrum Analyzer, and
(2) the flatness of the mixer.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
Record.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to –30 dBm output power.
NOTE
If the 682XXB/683XXB is not fitted with
Option 2, install a 30 dB attenuator (ANRITSU 41KC-20 and 41KC-10 for £40 GHz
models; 41V-20 and 41V-10 for >40 GHz
models) and set L1 to 0.0 dBm output
power.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. Span: 5 kHz/div
b. CF: Set to the 682XXB/683XXB frequency
value.
c. RBW: 1 kHz
d. Video Filter Wide: On
3. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Peaking control
for maximum signal, then adjust the Reference
Level control to place the signal at the top of the
screen graticule. It may be necessary to also adjust the 682XXB/683XXB output power level
3-20
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz
slightly to accomplish this; however, do not exceed
–-20 dBm output power.
4. Remove Connection A and connect the 682XXB/
683XXB RF OUTPUT to the waveguide mixer input of the Spectrum Analyzer as shown in Connection B.
5. On the 682XXB/683XXB, remove 30 dB of attenuation from the RF output. Do this by either
increasing the output power level by 30 dB or by
removing the 30 dB attenuator installed in step
1.e.
6. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF to the harmonic frequency listed on the Test Record. Verify
that the signal displayed on the Spectrum
Analyzer is ³30 dB below the top of the screen
graticule.
NOTE
The <–30 dB signal level plus the 30 dB attenuation provided by the waveguide
mixer equals a harmonic frequency signal
level of <–60 dBc (specification).
7. Record the harmonic signal level on the Test Record.
8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each of the 682XXB/
683XXB CW carrier and harmonic frequencies
listed on the Test Record. Record the harmonic
signal levels on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-21
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-10
SINGLE SIDEBAND
PHASE NOISE TEST
SINGLE SIDEBAND
PHASE NOISE TEST
The following test can be used to verify that the signal generator
meets its single sideband phase noise specifications. For this test, a
second 682XXB/683XXB is required. This additional instrument acts
as a local oscillator (LO). The CW RF output of the 682XXB/683XXB
under test (DUT) is mixed with the CW RF output from the 682XXB/
683XXB LO which is offset by 1 MHz. Single sideband phase noise is
measured at offsets of 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, and 100 kHz away from
the resultant 1 MHz IF.
HP 3585B
Spectrum Analyzer
682XXB / 683XXB (LO)
EXTERNAL
REF INPUT
10 MHz
REF IN
682XXB / 683XXB (DUT)
BNC TEE
10 MHz
REF OUT
RF OUT
RF OUT
L
X
Mixer
Figure 3-5.
R
10 dB
Attenuator
Equipment Setup for Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-5, as follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB DUT rear panel
10 MHz REF OUT to the BNC tee. Connect one leg
of the tee to the 682XXB/683XXB LO rear panel
10 MHz REF IN. Connect the other leg of the tee
to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference Input.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB DUT RF OUTPUT
to the Mixer’s R input via a 10 dB attenuator.
3. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB LO RF OUTPUT to
the Mixer’s L input.
4. Connect the Mixer’s X output to the Spectrum
Analyzer 50W input.
3-22
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
SINGLE SIDEBAND
PHASE NOISE TEST
Test
Procedure
The following procedure lets you measure the RF
output single sideband phase noise levels to verify
that they meet specifications.
NOTE
The following technique is a measurement
of phase noise and AM noise. To avoid erroneous results, on the 682XXB/683XXB
DUT set L1 for maximum leveled output
power and select External Detector leveling. This will prevent any AM noise from
degrading the phase noise measurements.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB DUT as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
Record.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled power level for
the instrument being tested (refer to Table 3-2,
page 3-6).
2. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB LO as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to a frequency that is 1 MHz lower than
the 682XXB/683XXB DUT frequency set in
step 1.c.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled power level for
the instrument model (refer to Table 3-2).
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-23
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
SINGLE SIDEBAND
PHASE NOISE TEST
NOTE
If the 682XXB/683XXB LO output is less
than 10 dBm, the Mixer’s local oscillator
port will not be saturated and the resulting
measurements may be in error.
Table 3-5.
Single Sideband Phase Noise
Test Specification
CW Carrier
Frequency
Offset From
Test
Carrier
Specification*
3. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. Center Frequency: 1 MHz
b. Frequency Span: 300 Hz
c. RBW: 3 Hz
0.6 GHz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–74 dBc
<–85 dBc
<–83 dBc
<–97 dBc
0.6 GHz
(68XX5B)
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–84 dBc
<–97 dBc
<–95 dBc
<–112 dBc
2.0 GHz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–77 dBc
<–85 dBc
<–83 dBc
<–99 dBc
4. Measure the phase noise level 100 Hz offset from
the carrier frequency. Record the level on the Test
Record.
2.0 GHz
(68XX5B)
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–78 dBc
<–91 dBc
<–89 dBc
<–106 dBc
5. On the Spectrum Analyzer:
a. Deselect NOISE LVL.
6.0 GHz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–75 dBc
<–85 dBc
<–83 dBc
<–99 dBc
10.0 GHz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–70 dBc
<–83 dBc
<–80 dBc
<–99 dBc
20.0 GHz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–63 dBc
<–75 dBc
<–75 dBc
<–97 dBc
26.5 GHz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
100 kHz
<–60 dBc
<–75 dBc
<–73 dBc
<–93 dBc
* 3 dB difference from 682XXB/683XXB single sideband phase noise specifications to account for LO
phase noise.
3-24
d. Position the Marker to the peak of the signal.
e. Select OFFSET, ENTER OFFSET, and
MKRCF.
f. Adjust the marker for a 100 Hz offset.
g. Select NOISE LVL.
b. Set Frequency Span to 20 kHz.
c. Set RBW to 100 Hz.
d. Adjust the Marker for a 1 kHz offset.
e. Select NOISE LVL.
6. Measure the phase noise level 1 kHz offset from
the carrier frequency. Record the level on the Test
Record.
7. On the Spectrum Analyzer:
a. Deselect NOISE LVL.
b. Set Frequency Span to 100 kHz.
c. Adjust the Marker for a 10 kHz offset.
d. Select NOISE LVL.
8. Measure the phase noise level 10 kHz offset from
the carrier frequency. Record the level on the Test
Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
SINGLE SIDEBAND
PHASE NOISE TEST
9. On the Spectrum Analyzer:
a. Deselect NOISE LVL.
b. Set Frequency Span to 300 kHz.
c. Adjust the Marker for a 100 kHz offset.
d. Select NOISE LVL.
10. Measure the phase noise level 100 kHz offset
from the carrier frequency. Record the level on
the Test Record.
11. Repeat steps 1 through 10 for all frequencies
listed on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-25
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-11
POWER LEVEL
ACCURACY AND
FLATNESS TESTS
POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
AND FLATNESS TESTS
The following tests can be used to verify that the 682XXB/683XXB
meets its power level specifications. Power level verification testing is
divided into two parts—power level accuracy tests and power level
flatness tests.
682XXB / 683XXB
OSCILLOSCOPE
HORIZ
OUT
CH 1 or X Input
RF
OUT
POWER METER
Power
Sensor
Figure 3-6.
Equipment Setup for Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-6, as follows:
1. Calibrate the Power Meter with the Power Sensor.
2. Connect the Power Sensor to the RF OUTPUT of
the 682XXB/683XXB.
NOTE
For £40 GHz models, use the K (male) to
2.4 mm (female) adapter to connect the
Power Sensor to the RF OUTPUT connector.
3. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel HORIZ
OUT to the Oscilloscope CH.1 input (X input).
NOTE
During this test it will be necessary to
adjust the Power Meter’s CAL FACTOR %
setting as applicable for the frequency
being tested.
3-26
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
AND FLATNESS TESTS
Power Level
Accuracy Test
Procedure
Power level accuracy is tested by stepping the output power level down in 1 dB increments from its
maximum rated power level and measuring the output power level at each step.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the CW frequency indicated on the
Test Record.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the power level indicated on the Test
Record.
2. Measure the output power level with the Power
Meter and record the reading on the Test Record.
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key (diamond-shaped key) to decrement L1 to the
next test power level on the Test Record. Measure
and record the Power Meter reading on the Test
Record.
4. Repeat step 3 for each of the test power levels
listed on the Test Record for the current CW frequency.
5. Repeat steps 1 thru 4 for all CW frequencies
listed on the Test Record.
Power Level
Flatness Test
Procedure
Power level flatness is tested by measuring the output power level variation during a full band sweep;
first in the step sweep mode (682XXB/683XXB models), then in analog sweep mode (683XXB models
only).
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows for a step
sweep power level flatness test:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . The CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Step to place the signal generator in the
step sweep frequency mode and display the
Step Sweep Menu.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-27
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
AND FLATNESS TESTS
c. With the Step Sweep Menu displayed, press
the main menu key
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
The Sweep Frequency Control Menu is then
displayed.
d. Press Full to select a full range frequency
sweep.
e. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
f. Set L1 to the power level indicated on the test
record.
g. Now, return to the Step Sweep Menu by pressing the main menu key
CW/SWEEP
SELECT
h. At the Step Sweep Menu, press Sweep Ramp
to go to the Step Sweep Ramp Menu.
i. At this menu, press Dwell Time to open the
dwell time-per-step parameter for editing.
j. Set the dwell time to 1 second.
NOTE
Monitor the 682XXB/683XXB’s Horizontal
Output on the Oscilloscope to determine
sweep start and stop.
2. As the 682XXB/683XXB steps through the full
frequency range, measure the maximum and
minimum Power Meter readings and record the
values on the Test Record. Verify that the variation (difference between the maximum and minimum readings) does not exceed the value noted
on the Test Record.
NOTE
This concludes power level testing for series 682XXB signal generators. For series
683XXB signal generators, continue on to
step 3 to test power level flatness in the
analog sweep mode.
3-28
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
AND FLATNESS TESTS
3. Set up the 683XXB as follows for an analog sweep
power level flatness test:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . The CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Analog to place the 683XXB in the analog sweep frequency mode and display the
Analog Sweep Menu.
c. With the Analog Sweep Menu displayed, press
the main menu key
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
The Sweep Frequency Control Menu is then
displayed.
d. Press Full to select a full range frequency
sweep.
e. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
f. Set L1 to the power level noted on the test record.
g. Now, return to the Analog Sweep Menu by
pressing the main menu key
CW/SWEEP
SELECT
h. At the Analog Sweep Menu, press the menu
soft-key Sweep Ramp to go to the Analog
Sweep Ramp Menu.
i. At this menu, press Sweep Time to open the
sweep time parameter for editing.
j. Set the sweep time to 99 seconds.
NOTE
Monitor the 683XXB’s Horizontal Output
on the Oscilloscope to determine sweep
start and stop.
4. During the analog sweep, measure the maximum
and minimum Power Meter readings and record
the values on the Test Record. Verify that the
variation (difference between the maximum and
minimum readings) does not exceed the value
noted on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-29
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-12
AMPLITUDE
MODULATION TEST
AMPLITUDE
MODULATION TEST
This procedure verifies the operation of the 682XXB/683XXB amplitude modulation input sensitivity circuit.
The RF OUTPUT of the 682XXB/683XXB is monitored on a Spectrum
Analyzer display. The (modulated) IF Output of the Spectrum Analyzer is monitored with a Modulation Analyzer. A 50% AM (default
value) signal is set to a reference point on the Spectrum Analyzer. The
actual modulation value is then computed from the indicated Modulation Meter values. (The absolute values of the AM PK+ and AM PK–
readings are used in the given formula to compensate for non-linearity
errors in the test equipment.)
Modulation
Analyzer
682XXB / 683XXB
RF Input
EXT
REF Input
10 MHz
REF OUT
IF Output
RF
OUTPUT
RF Input
Spectrum
Analyzer
Figure 3-7.
Equipment Setup for Amplitude Modulation Tests
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-7, as follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External
Reference Input.
2. Connect the IF Output of the Spectrum Analyzer
to the RF Input of the Modulation Analyzer.
3. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 682XXB/683XXB
to the Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
3-30
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
AMPLITUDE
MODULATION TEST
AM Input
Sensitivity
Procedure
The following procedure lets you measure the absolute peak AM values for a 50% AM signal and calculate the actual modulation value.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to a power level that is 6 dB below
maximum rated power (refer to Table 3-2, page
3-6).
f. Press MODULATION , then AM . At the resulting AM Status menu, press On/Off to turn AM
on.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 0 Hz
c. RBW: 100 kHz
d. MIN Noise: Activate
3. On the Spectrum Analyzer, adjust the reference
level to place the trace 6 to 8 dB below the top
graticule of the display.
4. Set up the Modulation Analyzer for:
a. AM PK(+)
b. 300 Hz High-Pass Filter
c. 20 kHz Low-Pass Filter
5. Measure the peak AM on the Modulation Analyzer. Record the AM PK(+) reading on the Test
Record.
6. Press PK(–) on the Modulation Analyzer.
7. Measure the peak AM on the Modulation Analyzer. Record the AM PK(–) reading on the Test
Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-31
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
AMPLITUDE
MODULATION TEST
8. Compute the actual AM input sensitivity with the
following formula:
é |AM PK ( + )|+ |AM PK (–)| ù
% AM = 100 ´ ê
ú
ë 200 + |AM PK ( + )|- |AM PK (–)|û
9. The calculated result should be between 45% and
55% AM. Record this result in the Test Record.
3-32
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-13
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
This procedure verifies the operation of the 682XXB/683XXB frequency modulation input sensitivity circuitry.
The RF OUTPUT of the 682XXB/683XXB is monitored on a Spectrum
Analyzer display. In Unlocked Wide FM mode, the Spectrum Analyzer
is used as a frequency counter to measure the actual FM deviation and
determine FM accuracy. In Unlocked Narrow, Locked, and Locked
Low-Noise FM modes, the Spectrum Analyzer is used to monitor the
carrier level. FM accuracy is determined by measuring the actual FM
deviation necessary to reduce the carrier level to its lowest level.
These tests qualify how the FM input signal affects the signal generator’s RF output.
682XXB / 683XXB
Spectrum Analyzer
EXT REF
INPUT
10 MHz
REF OUT
RF IN
RF OUT
Figure 3-8.
Equipment Setup for Frequency Modulation Tests
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-8, as follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference Input.
2. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 682XXB/683XXB
to the Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
FM Input
Sensitivity
Procedure
682XXB/683XXB MM
The following procedure lets you measure the FM
deviation for a specific input sensitivity in Unlocked
Wide, Unlocked Narrow, Locked, and Locked LowNoise FM modes and determine FM accuracy.
3-33
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
Unlocked Wide FM Mode
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 50 MHz (500 MHz across the display)
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the resulting FM Status menu, press More to go to the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Unlocked Wide , then press Previous Menu to
return to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Mod. Wave to
go to the Modulation Waveform Selection
menu. Use the cursor control key to highlight
the squarewave modulation waveform, then
press Select .
d. Press Previous Menu to return to the FM
Status menu, then press Edit Dev. and set the
deviation to 100 MHz. Press Edit Rate and set
the rate to 0.4 Hz.
e. Press On/Off to turn FM on.
4. On the Spectrum Analyzer, change the Span/Div
setting to 5 MHz to use the analyzer as a frequency counter.
a. Adjust the center frequency control to position
the low carrier at the center of the display. Record the frequency reading on the Test Record.
b. Adjust the center frequency control to position
the high carrier at the center of the display.
Record the frequency reading on the Test Record.
3-34
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
5. The difference between these two frequencies
is the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation.
It should be between 190 MHz and 210 MHz.
Record the difference on the Test Record.
Unlocked Narrow FM Mode
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
CENTER FREQUENCY
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)
BESSEL
NULL
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the resulting FM Status menu, press More to go to the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Unlocked Narrow , then press Previous Menu
to return to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 0.240 MHz.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to FM on.
Figure 3-9.
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display of
Bessel Null on FM Waveform
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–48 dBc null.
4. Since the 682XXB/683XXB is now in Unlocked
Narrow FM mode, it is necessary to retune the
Spectrum Analyzer to center the display.
5. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key to place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation setting (0.240 MHz). While observing the
first Bessel null (Figure 3-9), increase/decrease
the deviation frequency with the cursor control
key to reduce the carrier as low as possible.
6. Record the FM deviation frequency, displayed on
the 682XXB/683XXB, on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-35
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
7. Compute the FM accuracy with the following formula:
æ FM Deviation ( in kHz ) ö
÷ ´ 100
Accuracy ( in %) = ç
è
ø
240
8. The calculated result should be between 93.7%
and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Record.
Locked FM Mode
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . The FM
Status menu is displayed.
b. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 0.240 MHz.
c. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
d. Press On/Off to FM on.
4. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key to place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation setting (0.240 MHz). While observing the
first Bessel null (Figure 3-9), increase/decrease
the deviation frequency with the cursor control
key to reduce the carrier as low as possible.
5. Record the FM deviation frequency, displayed on
the 682XXB/683XXB, on the Test Record.
3-36
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following formula:
æ FM Deviation ( in kHz ) ö
÷ ´ 100
Accuracy ( in %) = ç
è
ø
240
7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%
and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Record.
Locked Low-Noise FM Mode
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the resulting FM Status menu, press More to go to the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Locked LN , then press Previous Menu to
return to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 0.240 MHz.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to FM on.
4. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key to place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation setting (0.240 MHz). While observing the
first Bessel null (Figure 3-9), increase/decrease
the deviation frequency with the cursor control
key to reduce the carrier as low as possible.
5. Record the FM deviation frequency, displayed on
the 682XXB/683XXB, on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-37
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
FREQUENCY
MODULATION TESTS
6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following formula:
æ FM Deviation ( in kHz ) ö
÷ ´ 100
Accuracy ( in %) = ç
è
ø
240
7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%
and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Record.
3-38
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-14
PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL
Pulse modulation tests verify correct operation as
well as rise time, fall time, overshoot, and level. The
pulse leveling accuracy test compares the pulsed RF
output level to verify the performance of the level
detector(s), detector amplifiers, and ALC sample/
hold circuits.
PULSE MODULATION
TESTS: RISE TIME,
FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL
682XXB / 683XXB
Pulse
Sync Out
Oscilloscope
RF Out
150 MHz HPF
(For Overshoot
Measurement)
CH. 2 Input
Pulse
Detector
Figure 3-10.
CH. 4 Trigger
Equipment Setup for Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-10, as
follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel PULSE
SYNC OUT to the Oscilloscope Trigger Input.
2. Connect the Pulse Detector Output to the Vertical
Input of the Oscilloscope.
3. On the Oscilloscope, select 50W input impedance.
4. Connect the Pulse Detector Input through a
150 MHz High Pass Filter to the 682XXB/
683XXB RF OUTPUT.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-39
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL
Rise/Fall
Time and
Overshoot
The following procedure lets you measure the rise
time, fall time, and overshoot parameters of the
pulse modulation waveform.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled output power
level for the instrument being tested (refer to
Table 3-2, page 3-6).
f. Press MODULATION , then Pulse . The Internal Pulse Status menu is displayed.
g. At the Internal Pulse Status menu, press
Edit Width and set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms.
h. Press Edit Period and set the PRI to 0.01 ms.
i. Press On/Off to turn pulse modulation on.
2. On the Oscilloscope, turn off CH.4. Observe the
output of the Pulse Detector on the Oscilloscope.
Refer to Figure 3-11 to interpret the detector
waveform. Adjust the Oscilloscope controls to
measure the following waveform parameters.
a. Rise/Fall Time (10 to 90%): <10 ns
b. Pulse Width: 5 ms ±10 ns (5 ns, typical)
c. PRI: 0.010 ms ±10 ns (5 ns, typical)
d. Overshoot: <10%
3. Record the results on the Test Record.
3-40
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL
PULSE DETECTOR OUTPUT WAVEFORM
Percentage
of Detected
Waveform
TRISE
TFALL
Corresponding
Percentage
of RF Voltage
0%
2%
0%
10%
36%
50%
86%
90%
100%
100%
114%
114%
0%
10%
OVERSHOOT
Note: Waveform shown is for
a negative output detector.
PULSE WIDTH
Figure 3-11.
Measurement Parameters for a Pulse Modulation Waveform
Pulse
Leveling
Accuracy
The following procedure lets you measure the pulsed
RF output level and CW output level and compare
them to verify pulse leveling accuracy.
1. On the 682XXB/683XXB:
a. Press On/Off (Internal Pulse Status menu) to
turn off pulse modulation.
b. Press CW/SWEEP SELECT to return to the
CW Menu display.
c. At the CW menu, press Edit F1 and set F1 to
the frequency noted in the Test Record.
2. On the Oscilloscope:
a. Adjust the vertical offset to place the trace exactly on the center graticule; this is used as the
CW-level reference line.
b. Use the Auto Triggering mode to continue
sweeping the display when the pulse is off.
c. Adjust the vertical sensitivity to the most sensitive setting (mV/div) possible while keeping
the trace at the center graticule reference line.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-41
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB:
a. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to go to the
Internal Pulse Status Menu display.
b. Press Edit Width and set W1 to the pulse
width noted in the Test Record.
c. Press On/Off to turn on pulse modulation.
4. On the Oscilloscope, observe that the nominal
level of the displayed pulse peak has shifted vertically, slightly off of the centerline. It may be
necessary to readjust the scope trigger level.
5. On the 682XXB/683XXB:
a.Press CW/SWEEP SELECT to return to the
CW Menu display.
b. Record the value of the output level L1, shown
in the Level display area, on the Test Record.
c. Press Edit L1 and adjust the power level until
the nominal peak level is evenly centered on
the display centerline reference.
d. Record this value of the output level L1 on the
Test Record.
6. Subtract the L1 reading recorded in step 5.d from
the reading recorded in step 5.b. This is the pulse
level error. Record it on the Test Record.
7. On the 682XXB/683XXB:
a. Press Edit L1 and set L1 to the maximum leveled output power level for the instrument being tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
b. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to return to
the Internal Pulse Status Menu display.
c. Press On/Off to turn off pulse modulation.
8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for any other frequencies and pulse widths noted in the Test Record.
Record the results on the Test Record.
3-42
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-15
PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VIDEO FEEDTHROUGH
PULSE MODULATION
TEST: VIDEO
FEEDTHROUGH
This pulse modulation test verifies that video feedthrough is within
specifications.
682XXB / 683XXB
Pulse
Sync
Out
Oscilloscope
450 MHz
Low Pass Filter
(For Video Feedthrough
Measurement)
Figure 3-12.
CH. 1 Input
CH. 4 Trigger
Equipment Setup for Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-12, as
follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel PULSE
SYNC OUT to the Oscilloscope Trigger Input.
2. On the Oscilloscope, select 50W input impedance.
3. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Oscilloscope Vertical Input through a 450 MHz
Low Pass Filter.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-43
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VIDEO FEEDTHROUGH
Test
Procedure
The following procedure lets you measure the video
feedthrough that occurs during pulse modulation.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled output power
level for the instrument being tested (refer to
Table 3-2, page 3-6).
f. Press MODULATION , then Pulse . The Internal Pulse Status menu is displayed.
g. At the Internal Pulse Status menu, press
Edit Width and set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms.
h. Press Edit Period and set the PRI to 0.01 ms.
i. Press On/Off to turn pulse modulation on.
2. Set the Oscilloscope controls as follows:
a. Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/div
b. External Trigger: On the positive slope of the
Channel 1 signal input
c. Horiz Time Base: 1 ms/div
NOTE
Use the Oscilloscope’s 20 MHz bandwidth
limit to aid in viewing the voltage spikes. It
may be necessary to adjust the Oscilloscope’s horizontal level as any ripple or
voltage spikes are generally very small in
amplitude.
3. Measure and record the voltage spikes (video
feedthrough) on the Test Record. To meet specifications, they must be <±10 mV.
3-44
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-16
PULSE MODULATION TEST:
RF ON/OFF RATIO
PULSE MODULATION
TEST: RF ON/OFF
RATIO
This pulse modulation test verifies that the ratio of RF on power to RF
off power is within specifications.
682XXB / 683XXB
Spectrum Analyzer
EXT REF
INPUT
10 MHz
REF OUT
RF IN
RF OUT
Figure 3-13.
Equipment Setup for Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-13, as
follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHZ
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference Input.
2. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 682XXB/683XXB
to the Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
Test
Procedure
The following procedure lets you determine the ratio
of RF on power to RF off power during pulse modulation.
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the frequency noted on the Test Record.
d. Press MODULATION , then Pulse . The Internal Pulse Status menu is displayed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-45
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PULSE MODULATION TEST:
RF ON/OFF RATIO
e. Press More to go to the additional Internal
Pulse Status Menu display.
g. Press Internal/External to select the external
source for the modulation signal. The External
Pulse Status Menu is displayed.
h. Press Front/Rear to select the rear panel
PULSE TRIGGER IN connector.
i. Press On/Off to turn pulse modulation on.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: Same as the 682XXB/683XXB CW frequency noted in step 1.c.
b. Span/Div: 10 kHz
c. RBW: 1 kHz
d. Video Filter: Wide
e. MIN Noise: Activated
f. Reference Level: Adjust to place the signal at
the top graticule of the screen.
3. Connect a short between the 682XXB/683XXB
rear panel PULSE TRIGGER IN BNC connector
center and outer conductors.
4. On the Spectrum Analyzer, decrease the Reference Level by 20 dB, then measure the signal amplitude and record it on the Test Record. The
measured signal must be ³60 dB from the top
graticule.
NOTE
A 60 dB level change plus a 20 dB decrease
in the reference level equals an 80 dB on/off
ratio (specification).
5. If the signal level drifts slowly after connecting
the short, remove the short momentarily and apply it again. (Make the measurement as soon as
possible after applying the short.) This drift is the
result of the Sample/Hold circuit not holding the
level because of the pulse duty factor (ratio of RF
ON to RF OFF). This drift will not be present in
normal pulse operation as the minimum pulse
repetition rate is 0.597 Hz.
6. Remove the short.
3-46
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PULSE MODULATION TEST:
RF ON/OFF RATIO
7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for any other frequencies noted on the Test Record. Record the results
on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-47
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
3-17
PHASE
MODULATION TESTS
PHASE MODULATION
TESTS
This procedure verifies the operation of the phase modulation (FM) input sensitivity circuits in 682XXB/683XXBs with Option 6.
The carrier level of the 682XXB/683XXB RF output is monitored on a
Spectrum Analyzer display. FM accuracy, in both Wide and Narrow
FM modes, is determined by measuring the actual FM deviation necessary to reduce the carrier level to its lowest level. These tests qualify
how the FM input signal affects the signal generator’s RF output.
682XXB / 683XXB
Spectrum Analyzer
EXT REF
INPUT
10 MHz
REF OUT
RF IN
RF OUT
Figure 3-14.
Equipment Setup for Phase Modulation Tests
Test Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-14, as
follows:
1. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference Input.
2. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 682XXB/683XXB
to the Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
FM Input
Sensitivity
Procedure
3-48
The following procedure lets you measure the FM
deviation for a specific input sensitivity in Wide and
Narrow FM modes and determine FM accuracy.
682XXB/683XXB MM
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PHASE
MODULATION TESTS
WIDE FM Mode
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)
CENTER FREQUENCY
BESSEL
NULL
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the resulting FM Status menu, press More to go the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Wide , then press Previous Menu to return to
the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation for 2.40 rad.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to turn FM on.
Figure 3-15.
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–48 dBc null.
4. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key to place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation setting (2.40 rad). While observing the
first Bessel null (Figure 3-15), increase/decrease
the FM deviation with the cursor control key to
reduce the carrier as low as possible.
5. Record the FM deviation, displayed on the
682XXB/683XXB, on the Test Record.
6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following formula:
æ FM Deviation ( in rad ) ö
÷ ´ 100
Accuracy ( in %) = ç
è
ø
240
.
7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%
and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
3-49
PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION
PHASE
MODULATION TESTS
Narrow FM Mode
1. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)
3. On the 682XXB/683XXB, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the resulting FM Status menu, press More to go to
the additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Narrow , then press Previous Menu to return
to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 2.40 rad.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to turn FM on.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–48 dBc null.
4. On the 682XXB/683XXB, use the cursor control
key to place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation setting (2.40 rad). While observing the
first Bessel null (Figure 3-15), increase/decrease
the FM deviation with the cursor control key to
reduce the carrier as low as possible.
5. Record the FM deviation, displayed on the
682XXB/683XXB, on the Test Record.
6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following formula:
æ FM Deviation ( in rad ) ö
÷ ´ 100
Accuracy ( in %) = ç
è
ø
240
.
7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%
and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Record.
3-50
682XXB/683XXB MM
Chapter 4
Calibration
Table of Contents
4-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3
TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-4
CALIBRATION FOLLOWING SUBASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-5
CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 4-4
4-6
INITIAL SETUP. . . .
Interconnection . . .
PC Setup — Windows
PC Setup — Windows
4-7
PRELIMINARY CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Calibration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4-8
SWITCHED FILTER SHAPER CALIBRATION .
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration . . . . . . . .
Limiter DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaper DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9
RF LEVEL CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-10
ALC SLOPE CALIBRATION (FIRMWARE
VERSION 1.01 TO 2.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
ALC Slope DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
95 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
.
.
.
.
.
4-17
4-17
4-18
4-18
4-19
ALC SLOPE CALIBRATION (FIRMWARE
VERSION 2.00 AND ABOVE) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Table of Contents (Continued)
ALC Slope DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4-11
ALC BANDWIDTH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . 4-31
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Bandwidth Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
4-12
AM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
AM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
4-13
FM CALIBRATION – FIRMWARE VERSIONS 1.01
TO 2.10 (VERSION 1.00 FOR 682X5B/683X5B) . 4-37
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
FM CALIBRATION – FIRMWARE VERSION 2.18
AND ABOVE FOR 682XXBs/VERSION 2.20 AND
ABOVE FOR 683XXBs (VERSION 1.07 AND ABOVE
FOR 682X5B/683X5B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
4-14
PHASE MODULATION (FΜ) CALIBRATION . . . 4-51
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
FΜ Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Chapter 4
Calibration
4-1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains procedures for calibrating the Series 682XXB/
683XXB Synthesized Signal Generators. These procedures are typically performed because out-of-tolerance conditions have been noted
during performance verification testing (see Chapter 3) or as a result
of replacement of subassemblies or RF components.
NOTE
The calibration procedures herein support operating firmware versions as follows: series 682XXB models–Version
1.01 and above; series 683XXB models–Version 1.01 and
above; series 682X5B/683X5B models–Version 1.00 and
above. It is recommended that you upgrade your instrument’s operating firmware to the latest available version
prior to calibration.
4-2
RECOMMENDED TEST
EQUIPMENT
Table 4-1 (page 4-4) provides a list of the recommended test equipment
for these calibration procedures.
The procedures refer to specific test equipment front panel control
settings when the test setup is critical to making accurate measurements. In some cases, the user may substitute test equipment having
the same critical specifications as those on the recommended test
equipment list.
Contact your local ANRITSU service center (Refer to Table 1-5 on page
1-18) if you need clarification of any equipment or procedural reference.
4-3
TEST RECORDS
A blank copy of a sample calibration test record for each 682XXB/
683XXB model is provided in Appendix A. Each test record contains
model-specific variables called for by the calibration procedures. It
also provides a means for maintaining an accurate and complete
record of instrument calibration. We recommend that you copy these
pages and use them to record the results from (1) your initial calibration of out-of-tolerance 682XXB/683XXB circuits, or (2) your initial
calibration of the 682XXB/683XXB following replacement of subassemblies or RF components. These initial readings can be used later as
benchmark values for future tests of the same serial-numbered
instruments.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-3
CALIBRATION FOLLOWING
SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
CALIBRATION
4-4
4-5
CALIBRATION
FOLLOWING
SUBASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT
Table 4-2 (page 4-6) lists the calibration that should be performed following the replacement of 682XXB/683XXB subassemblies or RF components.
CONNECTOR AND KEY
LABEL NOTATION
The calibration procedures include many references to equipment interconnections and control settings. For all 682XXB/683XXB references, specific labels are used to denote the appropriate menu key,
data entry key, data entry control, or connector (such as CW/SWEEP
SELECT or RF OUTPUT). Most references to supporting test equipment use general labels for commonly used controls and connections
(such as Span or RF Input). In some cases, a specific label is used that
is a particular feature of the test equipment listed in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1.
Recommended Test Equipment for Calibration Procedures (1 of 2)
INSTRUMENT
CRITICAL
SPECIFICATION
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
PROCEDURE
NUMBER
Frequency Counter
Frequency Range: 1 to 20 GHz
Input Impedance: 50W
Resolution: 1 Hz
EIP Microwave, Inc. Model 578B
Spectrum Analyzer
Frequency Range: 1 to 20 GHz
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz
Tektronix, Model 2794
Power Meter,
with
Power Sensor
Power Range:–30 to +20 dBm
(1mW to 100mW)
Hewlett-Packard Model 437B, with
Power Sensor:
HP 8487A (0.01 to 50 GHz)
4-12
Power Meter
with
Power Sensor
Power Range:–30 to +20 dBm
(1mW to 100mW)
Anritsu ML4803A, with
Power Sensor:
MP716A4 (50 to 75 GHz
4-12
Frequency Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Accuracy: 1 ´ 10–10 parts/day
Spectracom Corp., Model 8161
4-7
Function Generator
Output Voltage: 2 volts peak-to-peak
Functions: 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz sine and
square waveforms
Hewlett-Packard, Model 8116A
4-12, 4-13,
4-14
Function Generator
Output Voltage: 2 volts peak-to-peak
Functions: 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz sine and
square waveforms
Hewlett-Packard, Model 33120A
4-12. 4-13.
4-14
Digital Multimeter
Resolution: 4-1/2 digits (to 20V)
DC Accuracy: 0.002% +2 counts
DC Input Impedance: 10 MW
AC Accuracy: 0.07% +100 counts
(to 20 kHz)
AC Input Impedance: 1 MW
John Fluke, Inc.,Model 8840A, with
Option 8840A-09K (True RMS AC)
4-12, 4-13,
4-14
4-4
4-7
4-13, 4-14
682XXB/683XXB MM
RECOMMENDED
TEST EQUIPMENT
CALIBRATION
Table 4-1.
Recommended Test Equipment for Calibration Procedures (2 of 2)
CRITICAL
SPECIFICATION
INSTRUMENT
RECOMMENDED
MANUFACTURER/MODEL
PROCEDURE
NUMBER
Scalar Network
Analyzer, with
RF Detector
Frequency Range: 0.01 to 50 GHz
ANRITSU Model 562, with
RF Detector:
560-7K50 (0.01 to 40 GHz)
560-7VA50 (0.01 to 50 GHz)
SC5198 (40 to 60 GHz)
Adapter
K (male) to 2.4 mm (female)
Adapts the Power Sensor, HP 8487A, to
the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT
connector (£40 GHz models)
Hewlett-Packard
Part Number: HP 11904D
4-12
Adapter
Adapts the MP716A4 Power Sensor to
the ML4803A Power Meter
Anritsu MA4002B
4-12
Adapter
WR15 to V (male)
Adapts the MP716A4 Power Sensor to
the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT
connector (>40 GHz)
ANRITSU, Model 35WR15V
4-12
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41KC-10
4-8, 4-9
Attenuator
Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
ANRITSU, Model 41V-10
4-8, 4-9
Personal Computer
PC Configuration: IBM AT or compatible
Operating System: Windows 3.1
Accessories: Mouse
Any common source
All procedures
Serial Interface Assy
Provides serial interface between the PC
and the 682XXB/683XXB.
ANRITSU P/N: T1678
All procedures
4-8, 4-10
Tee
Connectors: 50W BNC
Any common source
4-12, 4-13,
4-14
Cables
Connectors: 50W BNC
Any common source
All procedures
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-5
CALIBRATION
Table 4-2.
CALIBRATION FOLLOWING
SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Calibration Following Subassembly/RF Component Replacement
Subassembly/RF Component Replaced
Perform the Following
Calibration(s) in Paragraph(s):
A1, A2 Front Panel Assy
None
A3 Reference Loop PCB
4-7
A4 Coarse Loop PCB
4-7
A5 Fine Loop PCB
4-7
A6 Pulse Generator PCB
None
A7 YIG Loop PCB
None
A8 Function Generator PCB
4-12
A9 PIN Control PCB
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
A10 ALC PCB
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11, 4-12
A11 FM PCB
4-13 (and 4-14 if Option 6 is installed)
A12 Analog Instruction PCB
4-7
A13 YIG Driver PCB
4-7
A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB
A15 Regulator PCB
A16 CPU Interface PCB
A17 CPU PCB
4-9, 4-10, 4-11
None
4-7
4-7 thru 4-13. None, if calibration EEPROM reused.
A18 Power Supply PCB
None
A19 AC Line Conditioner PCB
None
A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB
None
A21-1 BNC/Aux IO Connector PCB
None
YIG-tuned Oscillator
4-7
0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter Assy
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
0.5 to 2.2 GHz Digital Down Converter Assy
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
Switched Filter Assy
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
Switched Doubler Module (SDM)
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
Source Quadrupler Module (SQM)
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
Forward Coupler
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
Directional Coupler
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11
Step Attenuator
4-6
4-8, 4-9, 4-10
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
4-6
INITIAL SETUP
INITIAL SETUP
The 682XXB/683XXB is calibrated using an IBM compatible PC and
external test equipment. The PC must have the Windows 3.1 or Windows 95 operating system installed and be equipped with a mouse.
Initial setup consists of interfacing the PC to the signal generator.
T1678 Serial Interface
Term
P1
P2
To
PC
To
682XXB / 683XXB
P3
Serial
I/O
COM1
or
COM2
682XXB / 683XXB
Figure 4-1.
IBM-Compatible PC
PC to 682XXB/683XXB Interconnection for Calibration
Interconnection
Using the ANRITSU P/N T1678 serial interface assembly, connect the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB as
follows:
1. Connect the wide flat cable between the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel SERIAL I/O connector and the
P1 connector on the T1678 serial interface PCB.
2. Connect the narrow flat cable between the P2
(TERM) connector on the T1678 serial interface
PCB and the COM1 or COM2 connector on the
PC. Use the RJ11-to-DB-9 or RJ11-to-DB-25
adapter, provided with the T1678 serial interface
assembly, to make the connection at the PC.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-7
CALIBRATION
INITIAL SETUP
PC Setup —
Windows 3.1
Configure the PC with Windows 3.1 operating system to interface with the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
1. Power up the 682XXB/683XXB.
2. Power up the PC and place it in Windows.
3. Double click on the Terminal Icon to bring up the
Terminal (Untitled) window. The initial installation of Windows places the Terminal Icon in the
Accessories window.
4. At the Terminal window, click on Settings to display the Settings menu.
4-8
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
INITIAL SETUP
5. Click on Communications.
NOTE
When calibrating instruments with
operating firmware Version 2.00
and above (Version 1.00 and above
for 682X5B/683X5B models), set the
Baud rate to 19200.
682XXB/683XXB MM
6. At the Communications Dialog box, select the following options:
Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity
Flow Control
Connector
9600 (See Note)
8
1
None
Xon/Xoff
Select connection made
during interconnection
4-9
CALIBRATION
INITIAL SETUP
7. After making the selections, click on the OK button.
8. Press <ENTER> on the keyboard.
9. Verify that a $ prompt appears on the PC display.
10. This completes the initial setup for calibration.
PC Setup —
Windows 95
Configure the PC with Windows 95 operating system to interface with the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
1. Power up the 682XXB/683XXB.
2. Power up the PC and place it in Windows.
3. Click on the Start button to activate the first
menu.
4. Go to Programs and place the mouse pointer on
Accessories to highlight the third menu.
5. Select Hyper Terminal to bring up the selection
window (below).
6. Click on Hypertrm (Hypertrm.exe) to bring up
the New Connection window (next page).
4-10
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
INITIAL SETUP
7. In the New Connection Name box, type a name
for the connection, then click on the OK button.
The window below is now displayed.
8. In the Connect using box, type Direct to
Com “_”. Enter the number of the communications port being used, for example: Com1.
9. Click on OK. The Communications Port Properties window is displayed (next page).
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-11
CALIBRATION
NOTE
When calibrating instruments with
operating firmware below Version
2.00, set the Bits per second rate to
9600. (This does not apply to
682X5B/683X5B models.)
INITIAL SETUP
10. In the Properties window, make the following selections:
Bits per second
Data bits
Parity
Stop bits
Flow control
19200 (See Note)
8
None
1
Xon / Xoff
11. After making the selections, click on the OK button.
12. Press <ENTER> on the keyboard.
13. Verify that the $ prompt appears on the PC display.
14. This completes the initial setup for calibration.
4-12
682XXB/683XXB MM
PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-7
PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION
Figure 4-2.
This procedure provides the steps necessary to initially calibrate the
coarse loop, fine loop, frequency instruction, and internal DVM circuitry and the 100 MHz reference oscillator of the 682XXB/683XXB.
Equipment Setup for Preliminary Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-2, as follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
2. Connect the Frequency Counter to the 682XXB/
683XXB when directed to do so during the calibration procedure.
NOTES
If the 682XXB/683XXB has option 19 installed, verify that the GPIB is configured
for the Native external interface language
before beginning instrument calibration.
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-13
PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
Calibration
Steps
Each of the steps in this procedure provides initial
calibration of a specific 682XXB/683XXB circuit or
component. To ensure accurate instrument calibration, each step of this procedure must be performed
in sequence.
1. Calibrate the internal DVM circuitry as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 119 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
NOTE
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step,
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>.
2. Calibrate the Coarse Loop Pretune DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 137 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
3. Calibrate the Fine Loop Pretune DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 136 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4. Calibrate the Sweep Time DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 132 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
5. Calibrate the YIG Frequency Offset DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 134 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Follow the instructions on the screen.
NOTE
Adjust the DAC to the number that will get
the closest to the 1.9 GHz and 8.3 GHz
called for by the procedure.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-14
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION
6. Calibrate the YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs as
follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 127 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Follow the instructions on the screen. Enter
the value of the frequency counter reading as
XXXX MHz.
c Record step completion on the Test Record.
7. Calibrate the 100 MHz Reference Oscillator as
follows:
a. If Option 16 (High Stability Time Base) is installed, disconnect the cable at A3J6.
b. Connect the frequency counter to the 682XXB/
683XXB RF output connector.
NOTE
Because the 100 MHz Calibration
DAC is an 8-bit DAC, adjustment
resolution is typically 400 Hz/step.
c. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 130 and
press <ENTER>.
d. Follow the instructions on the screen.
e. Reconnect the cable to A3J6, if removed.
f. If Option 16 is installed, use a Phillips screwdriver and remove the screw on top of the
10 MHz High Stability Crystal Oscillator assembly to gain access to the timebase adjustment screw.
g. Using the Phillips screwdriver, adjust the timebase to obtain a frequency counter reading
of exactly 10 GHz.
h. Record step completion on the Test Record.
8. Calibrate the Ramp Center DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 129 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
9. Calibrate the Sweep Width DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 133 and
press <ENTER>. (This calibration can take approximately 2 minutes to complete.)
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-15
CALIBRATION
PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION
10. Calibrate the Center Frequency DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 114 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
11. Store the calibration data as follows:
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
4-16
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration data has been
stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
SWITCHED FILTER
SHAPER CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-8
SWITCHED FILTER
SHAPER CALIBRATION
IBM-Compatible PC
This procedure provides the steps necessary to adjust the Switched
Filter Shaper Amplifier gain to produce a more constant level amplifier gain with power level changes.
562 Network Analyzer
682XXB / 683XXB
GPIB
COM1
or
COM2
Serial
I/O
AUX
I/O
AUX
I/O
Dedicated
GPIB
RF
Output
A
10 dB
Attenuator
Figure 4-3.
RF Detector
Equipment Setup for Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-3, as follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
2. Using the Auxiliary I/O cable, connect the
682XXB/683XXB rear panel AUX I/O connector to
the 562 Network Analyzer AUX I/O connector.
3. Using the GPIB cable, connect the 562 Network
Analyzer DEDICATED GPIB connector to the
682XXB/683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB connector.
4. Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Network
Analyzer Channel A Input connector.
5. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT connector to the RF Detector via a 10 dB Attenuator.
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-17
SWITCHED FILTER
SHAPER CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
Log Amplifier
Zero Calibration
Before the Switched Filter Shaper Amplifier can be
adjusted, zero calibration of the ALC Log amplifier
must be performed to eliminate any DC offsets.
1. Perform ALC Log amplifier zero calibration as
follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 115 and press <ENTER>.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
ALC Log amplifier zero calibration is complete.
(This can take up to 3 minutes for a 40 GHz
unit.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
NOTE
The following Limiter DAC adjustment
procedure applies only to 682XXB/
683XXBs with Option 15B (High Power
Output). If your instrument does not have
this option, go directly to the Shaper DAC
adjustment procedure.
Limiter DAC
Adjustment
The following steps in the procedure let you adjust
the Switched Filter Limiter DAC which controls the
maximum gain of the Switched Filter Shaper Amplifier. Each frequency band will be scanned for the
maximum unleveled power point before adjustment
of the Limiter DAC to ensure that the Shaper Amplifier is not driven to saturation.
1. Set up the 562 Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press the System Menu key.
b. From the System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select
POWER.
g. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION.
h. Set Resolution to 5 dB/Div.
i. Adjust Offset to center the display.
4-18
682XXB/683XXB MM
SWITCHED FILTER
SHAPER CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
2. Adjust the Switched Filter Limiter DAC for each
of the frequency bands as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 145 and press <ENTER>.
b. On the 562 Network Analyzer, set the Resolution to 0.2 dB and adjust the offset to center
the top of the triangle waveform on the display.
Shaper
Amplifier
Saturation
Waveform
0.3 dB
c. Observe the displayed waveform to determine
whether the Shaper Amplifier is being driven
to saturation. This is indicated by a dip in the
top of the triangle waveform (Figure 4-4).
Shaper
Amplifier
Out of
Sauration
If the displayed waveform indicates there is no
saturation, proceed to step e. If there is a dip
in the waveform, go to step d.
d. On the computer keyboard, use 8, 9, or 0 to
decrement the value of the DAC’s setting until
the top of the triangle waveform starts to become rounded (Shaper Amplifier is no longer
being driven to saturation). Continue decrementing until the top of the waveform is 0.3 dB
below this point.
Final
Waveform
After
Adjustment
Figure 4-4.
e. Press Q on the keyboard to go to the next frequency band.
Limiter DAC Adjustment
Waveforms
f. Repeat steps b thru e until the DAC has been
checked and adjusted for all frequency bands.
g. Press Q on the keyboard to exit the program.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen.)
h. Record step completion on the Test Record.
Shaper DAC
Adjustment
NOTE
The 10 dB attenuator between the
682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT connector and the RF Detector may not
be required for frequencies
>20 GHz.
For Models 682XXB with Firmware Versions
1.01 to 2.37; Models 683XXB with Firmware
Versions 1.01 to 2.44; Models 682X5B with
Firmware Versions 1.00 to 1.26; and Models
683X5B with Firmware Versions 1.00 to 1.30.
The following steps in the procedure lets you adjust
the Switched Filter Shaper DAC which controls the
gain of the Switched Filter Shaper Amplifier. Each
frequency band will be scanned for the minimum
unleveled power point before adjustment of the
shaper DAC.
1. Set up the 562 Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press the System Menu key.
b. From the System Menu display, select RESET.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-19
SWITCHED FILTER
SHAPER CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select
POWER.
g. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION.
b. Set Resolution to 5 dB/Div.
c. Adjust Offset to center the display.
2. Adjust the Switched Filter Shaper DAC for each
of the frequency bands as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 138 and press <ENTER>.
NOTE
At the start of each frequency band, there
will be a delay while the minimum unleveled power point is determined.
Increment
DAC
Settings
Correctly
Adjusted
Decrement
DAC
Setting
Figure 4-5.
Shaper DAC Adjustment
Waveform Examples
b. On the computer keyboard, use 1, 2, or 3 to increment and 8, 9, or 0 to decrement the value
of the DAC’s setting to adjust the triangle
waveform being displayed on the 562 Network
Analyzer (Figure 4-5) for the most linear response.
There will be a delay while the amplifier compression point is determined and after each
key stroke as the DAC is adjusted.
c. When the DAC has been adjusted for the current frequency band, press Q on the keyboard
to go to the next frequency band.
d. Repeat steps b. and c. until the DAC has been
adjusted for all frequency bands.
e. Press Q on the keyboard to exit the program.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen.)
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
4-20
3. Store the calibration data in non-volatile memory
(EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU PCB as follows:
a. Type: calterm 787 and press <ENTER>.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the data has been stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
SWITCHED FILTER
SHAPER CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
Shaper DAC
Adjustment
For Models 682XXB with Firmware Version
2.39 and above; Models 683XXB with Firmware
Version 2.46 and above; Models 682X5B with
Firmware Version 1.28 and above; and Models
683X5B with Firmware Version 1.32 and above.
The following step in the procedure adjusts the
Switch Filter Shaper DAC which controls the gain of
the Switched Filter Shaper Amplifier. Each frequency band will be scanned for the minimum unleveled power point before automatic adjustment of
the shaper DAC.
1. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 138 and press <ENTER>. (The $
prompt will appear on the screen when the calibration is complete.)
NOTE
The calibration routine may take up to 20
minutes depending on the frequency range
of the 682XXB/683XXB being calibrated.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
682XXB/683XXB MM
2. Store the calibration data in non-volatile memory
(EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU PCB as follows:
a. Type: calterm 787 and press <ENTER>.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the data has been stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-21
CALIBRATION
4-9
RF LEVEL CALIBRATION
RF LEVEL
CALIBRATION
RF level calibration requires the use of an automated test system. A
computer-controlled power meter measures the 682XXB/683XXB
power output at many frequencies throughout the frequency range of
the instrument. Correction factors are then calculated and stored in
non-volatile memory (EEPROM) located on the A17 CPU PCB.
This calibration is required following replacement of either the A9 PIN
Control PCB, the A10 ALC PCB, the A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB, the
Switched Filter Assembly, the 0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter Assembly, the 0.5 to 2.2 GHz Digital Down Converter Assembly, the
Switched Doubler Module (SDM), the Source Quadrupler Module
(SQM), the Forward Coupler, the Directional Coupler, or the Step
Attenuator.
The RF level calibration software is available from ANRITSU by ordering:
q Part number 2300-104, Version 2.0 and above, for all £50 GHz
682XXB/683XXB models.
q Part number 2300-209, Version 1.00 and above, for 60 GHz and
65 GHz 682XXB/683XXB models.
This calibration program warrants level accuracy specifications from
maximum power to –70 dBm. For calibration below –70 dBm, the
682XXB/683XXB must be returned to your ANRITSU service center for
calibration. The RF level calibration software comes on a 3.5-inch/
1.44 Mbyte, MS-DOS formatted floppy disk.
For information concerning test equipment requirements and ordering
the automated program, contact your ANRITSU service center (refer to
Table 1-5 on page 1-18).
4-22
682XXB/683XXB MM
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-10
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
IBM-Compatible PC
Models 683XXB with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform ALC Slope
calibration. The ALC Slope DAC is calibrated to adjust for an increasing or decreasing output power-vs-output frequency in the analog
sweep mode. The ALC Slope DAC has two calibrations—one for frequencies £2 GHz and one for frequencies >2 GHz.
683XXB Signal Generator
GPIB
COM1
or
COM2
Serial
I/O
562 Network Analyzer
AUX
I/O
AUX
I/O
Dedicated
GPIB
RF
Output
A
10 dB
Attenuator
Figure 4-6.
RF Detector
Equipment Setup for ALC Slope Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-6, as follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 683XXB by performing
the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.
2. Using the Auxiliary I/O cable, connect the
683XXB rear panel AUX I/O connector to the 562
Network Analyzer AUX I/O connector.
3. Using the GPIB cable, connect the 562 Network
Analyzer DEDICATED GPIB connector to the
683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB connector.
4. Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Network
Analyzer Channel A Input connector.
5. Connect the 683XXB RF OUTPUT connector to
the RF Detector via a 10 dB Attenuator.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-23
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 683XXB warm up for a
minimum of one hour.
ALC Slope
DAC
Adjustment
The following procedure lets you adjust the ALC
Slope DAC to compensate for decreasing output
power-vs-frequency for frequencies £2 GHz and for
frequencies >2 GHz.
1. Set up the 562 Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press the System Menu key.
b. From the System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select
TRANSMISSION and SELECT INPUT
(NON-RATIO A).
Note
For instruments that do not produce frequencies of <2 GHz, skip to step 6.
2. Set up the 683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit L1 and set L1 to 5 dB less than
maximum leveled power for the instrument being calibrated (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
c. Press Step . The Step Sweep Menu is displayed.
d. Press Edit F1 and set the F1 start frequency
to 0.01 GHz.
e. Press Edit F2 and set the F2 stop frequency to
2.1 GHz.
f. Press Sweep Ramp . At the resulting Step
Sweep Ramp Menu, press Num of Steps and
set the number of steps to 200.
g. Press Step to return to the Step Sweep Menu
display.
4-24
682XXB/683XXB MM
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
3. Make the following selections on the 562 Network
Analyzer to normalize the step sweep.
a. Press CALIBRATION and follow the menu on
the display.
b. Press AUTOSCALE.
c. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION and set the
Resolution to 0.2 dB.
4. On the 683XXB, press Analog to select the analog sweep mode.
5. Adjust the ALC Slope DAC for frequencies
£2 GHz as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calset and press <ENTER>.
b. Type: 1 and press <ENTER>.
c. Select item 10 (ALC Slope Het) from the menu.
Follow the instructions presented at the bottom of the screen to enter a new DAC setting
value.
d. Enter different DAC setting values to find the
setting that adjusts the slope so that the power
at the start and stop frequencies match the
normalized straight line in step sweep mode.
e. When finished, exit the program.
f. Type: X and press <ENTER> to exit the calset
menu. (The $ prompt will appear on the
screen.)
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
6. Set up the 683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Edit L1 and set L1 to 5 dB less than
maximum leveled power for the instrument being calibrated (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
c. Press Step . The Step Sweep Menu is displayed.
d. Press Edit F1 and set the F1 start frequency
to 2.0 GHz.
e. Press Edit F2 and set the F2 stop frequency
to upper limit of the 683XXB.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-25
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
f. Press Sweep Ramp . At the resulting Step
Sweep Ramp Menu, press Num of Steps and
set the number of steps to 200.
g. Press Step to return to the Step Sweep Menu
display.
7. Make the following selections on the 562 Network
Analyzer to normalize the step sweep.
a. Press CALIBRATION and follow the menu on
the display.
b. Press AUTOSCALE.
c. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION and set the
Resolution to 0.2 dB.
8. On the 683XXB, press Analog to select the analog sweep mode.
9. Adjust the ALC Slope DAC for frequencies
>2 GHz as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calset and press <ENTER>.
b. Type 1 and press <ENTER>.
c. Select item 11 (ALC Slope Main) from the
menu. Follow the instructions presented at the
bottom of the screen to enter a new DAC setting value.
d. Enter different DAC setting values to find the
setting that adjusts the slope so that the power
at the start and stop frequencies match the
normalized straight line in step sweep mode.
e. When finished, exit the program.
f. Type X and press <ENTER> to exit the calset
menu. (The $ prompt will appear on the
screen.)
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
10. Store the new DAC setting values in non-volatile
memory (EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU PCB as follows:
a. Type: calterm 787 and press <ENTER>.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the data has been stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-26
682XXB/683XXB MM
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
Models 683XXB with Firmware Version 2.00 and above
(Models 683X5B with Firmware Version 1.00 and above)
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform ALC Slope
calibration. The ALC Slope is calibrated to adjust for decreasing output power-vs-output frequency in full band analog sweep.
IBM-Compatible PC
683XXB Signal Generator
GPIB
COM1
or
COM2
Serial
I/O
562 Network Analyzer
AUX
I/O
AUX
I/O
Dedicated
GPIB
RF
Output
A
10 dB
Attenuator
Figure 4-7.
RF Detector
Equipment Setup for ALC Slope Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-7, as follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 683XXB by performing
the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.
2. Using the Auxiliary I/O cable, connect the
683XXB rear panel AUX I/O connector to the 562
Network Analyzer AUX I/O connector.
3. Using the GPIB cable, connect the 562 Network
Analyzer DEDICATED GPIB connector to the
683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB connector.
4. Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Network
Analyzer Channel A Input connector.
5. Connect the 683XXB RF OUTPUT connector to
the RF Detector via a 10 dB Attenuator.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-27
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
ALC Slope
DAC
Adjustment
NOTE
For 683X5B models, the frequency
ranges for Band 0 and Band 1 are
0.5 to 2.2 GHz and 2.2 to 8.4 GHz respectively.
The following procedure lets you adjust the ALC
Slope over individual frequency ranges to compensate for decreasing output power-vs-frequency in
analog sweep.
The procedure begins by letting you adjust the ALC
Slope for band 0 (0.01 to 2.0 GHz), if installed. It
then continues letting you adjust the ALC Slope
from 2 GHz to the top frequency of the instrument
in up to four bands. The band frequency ranges are:
Band 1
2.0 to 8.4 GHz
Band 2
8.4 to 20 GHz
Band 3
20.0 to 40.0 GHz
Band 4
40.0 to 65.0 GHz
During band 1 thru 3/4 ALC Slope adjustment, the
562 Network Analyzer display (Figure 4-8) shows
the response from 2 GHz to the top frequency of the
model, as adjustment is done band by band.
1. Set up the 562 Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press the System Menu key.
b. From the System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Chanel 1 Menu Display, select
TRANSMISSION and SELECT INPUT
(NON-RATIO A).
2. Set up the 683XXB as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Step . The Step Sweep Menu is displayed.
c. Press FREQUENCY CONTROL , then Full to
select the full frequency range of the unit being
calibrated.
4-28
682XXB/683XXB MM
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
2 GHz
8.4 GHz
40 GHz
20 GHz
50. 60, or
65 (67) GHz
Normalized
Step Sweep
ALC Slope Before Adjustment
Figure 4-8.
ALC Slope Adjustment Waveform Display
d. Press CW/SWEEP SELECT to return to the
Step Sweep Menu display.
e. Press Sweep Ramp . At the resulting Step
Sweep Ramp Menu, press Num of Steps and
set the number of steps to 400.
3. Make the following selections on the 562 Network
Analyzer to normalize the step sweep.
a. Press CALIBRATION and follow the menu on
the display.
b. Press AUTOSCALE.
c. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION and set the Resolution to 0.5 dB.
4. On the 683XXB, press Analog to select the analog sweep mode.
5. Adjust the ALC Slope as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
slpcal and press <ENTER>.
On the computer keyboard, the adjustment
keys are:
Slope
(all bands)
682XXB/683XXB MM
E (Up)
D (Down)
Offset
Q (Up)
(band 1-4 only)
A (Down)
4-29
CALIBRATION
ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION
b. Adjust the ALC Slope so that the power at the
start and stop frequencies (of the analog sweep
for band 0) match as closely as possible the
normalized straight line in step sweep mode.
When completed, press n for the next band.
c. Using the Slope and Offset adjustment keys,
continue until the ALC Slope for all bands has
been adjusted.
d. Type: X and press <ENTER> to exit the calibration routine. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen.)
e. Record step completion on the Test Record.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
6. Store the new DACs setting values in non-volatile
memory (EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU PCB as follows:
a. Type: calterm 787 and press <ENTER>.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the data has been stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-30
682XXB/683XXB MM
ALC BANDWIDTH
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-11
ALC BANDWIDTH
CALIBRATION
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform ALC Bandwidth calibration. The ALC Bandwidth is adjusted to compensate for
gain variations of the modulator. The adjustment is performed for
each frequency band. This provides a more consistent bandwith
throughout the frequency range of the instrument.
682XXB / 683XXB
IBM-Compatible PC
Serial
I/O
COM1
or
COM2
Figure 4-9.
Equipment Setup for AM Bandwidth Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-9, as follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
Bandwidth
Calibration
The following procedure lets you (1) calibrate the
ALC bandwith and (2) store the calibration data in
non-volatile memory (EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU
PCB.
1. Enter the ALC Bandwidth calibration routine as
follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 110 and press <ENTER>.
The following will appear on the PC display:
Enter calculated gain X.XX
Input:
b. Type: 1.50 and press <ENTER>.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-31
CALIBRATION
ALC BANDWIDTH
CALIBRATION
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the ALC Bandwidth calibration is complete.
(This can take up to 15 minutes depending on
the frequency range of the 682XXB/683XXB.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
4-32
2. Store the calibration data as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration data has been
stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
AM
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-12
AM CALIBRATION
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform AM calibration. This consists of calibrating the AM Calibration DAC, the AM Meter circuit, and the AM Function Generator. The AM Calibration DAC
is calibrated for input sensitivities of 100%/V (linear mode) and
25 dB/V (logarithmic mode) for frequencies £2 GHz and >2 GHz.
IBM-Compatible PC
682XXB / 683XXB
Serial
I/O
COM1
or
COM2
RF
OUT
AM
IN
Power
Sensor
Power Meter
Function
Generator
DMM
INPUT
OUTPUT
Figure 4-10.
BNC
Tee
Equipment Setup for AM Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-10, as
follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
2. Connect the Function Generator Output to the
BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
682XXB/683XXB front panel AM IN. Connect the
other leg of the tee to the DMM input.
3. Calibrate the Power Meter with the Power Sensor.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-33
AM
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4. Using the K (male) to 2.4 mm (female) adapter,
connect the Power Sensor to the RF OUTPUT of
the 682XXB/683XXB.
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
AM
Calibration
Procedure
NOTE
For 682X5B/683X5B models, the
procedure for Linear AM and Log
AM calibration must also be performed twice—once for frequencies
of £2.2 GHz and once for frequencies
of >2.2 GHz.
The following procedure let you (1) adjust the AM
Calibration DAC to provide the correct amount of
AM in both linear (100%/V sensitivity) and log
(25 dB/V sensitivity) modes of operation for frequencies of £2 GHz and >2 GHz, (2) calibrate the AM Meter circuit, (3) calibrate the AM Function Generator,
and (4) store the results in non-volatile memory
(EEPROM) on the A17 CPU PCB.
NOTE
For those instruments that contain a Down
Converter, the procedure for Linear AM
and Log AM calibration must be performed
twice—once for frequencies £2 GHz and
once for frequencies >2 GHz. Upon initial
completion of each procedure, the program
will automatically return you to the start to
repeat the procedure.
1. Set up the Function Generator as follows:
a. Mode: EXT
b. Signal: Square Wave
2. Perform Linear AM calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 112 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set the function generator output to 0.00 volts.
When done, press any key on the keyboard to
continue calibration.
c. Now, set the function generator to output
±0.50 volts. Use the COMPL button on the
function generator to toggle the output between +0.50 volts and –0.50 volts.
d. On the computer keyboard, use 1, 2 or 3 to increment and 8, 9 and 0 to decrement the value
of the DAC’s setting to obtain a 9.54 dB difference in the power meter’s reading when the
function generator’s output is toggled.
4-34
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
AM
CALIBRATION
e. When the DAC has been adjusted, press Q on
the keyboard to exit the program. (If the instrument has a Down Converter installed, you
will be returned to the start of the program to
perform this calibration for frequencies of
>2 GHz.)
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
e. Record step completion on the Test Record.
3. Perform Log AM calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 113 and
press <ENTER>.
NOTE
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step,
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>.
b. Set the function generator’s output ±0.20 volts.
Use the COMPL button to toggle the output
between –0.20 volts and +0.20 volts.
c. On the computer keyboard, use 1, 2, or 3 to increment and 8, 9, and 0 to decrement the value
of the DAC’s setting to obtain a 10.00 dB difference in the power meter’s reading when the
function generator’s output is toggled.
d. When the DAC has been adjusted, press Q on
the keyboard to exit the program. (If the instrument has a Down Converter installed, you
will be returned to the start of the program to
perform this calibration for frequencies of
>2 GHz.)
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
e. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4. Perform AM Meter calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 147 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 1 kHz
sinewave with an output level of 0.354 volts
RMS (1 volt peak to peak). When done, press
any key on the keyboard to continue calibration.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-35
CALIBRATION
AM
CALIBRATION
5. Perform AM Function Generator calibration as
follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 146 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
6. Store the calibration data as follows:
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
4-36
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration data has been
stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
FM
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-13
FM CALIBRATION
Models 682XXB/683XXB with Firmware Versions 1.01 to 2.10
Models 682X5B/683X5B with Firmwave Version 1.00
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform FM calibration. This consists of calibrating the FM Meter circuit, the Offset Balance DAC, and the FM Gain Control DAC. The FM Gain Control DAC
is calibrated for input sensitivities in both narrow and wide FM
modes.
IBM-Compatible PC
682XXB / 683XXB
EXT REF
INPUT
Serial
I/O
COM1
or
COM2
Spectrum
Analyzer
10 MHz
REF OUT
FM
IN
RF
IN
RF
OUTPUT
Function
Generator
DMM
INPUT
OUTPUT
Figure 4-11.
BNC
Tee
Equipment Setup for FM Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-11, as
follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference input.
3. Connect the Function Generator Output to the
BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
682XXB/683XXB front panel FM IN. Connect the
other leg of the tee to the DMM input.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-37
FM
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
FM
Calibration
Procedure
The following steps in the procedure lets you (1)
calibrate the FM Meter circuit, (2) calibrate the FM
Offset Balance DAC, (3) adjust the FM Gain Control
DAC in both narrow and wide modes, and (4) store
the results in non-volatile memory (EEPROM) on
the A17 CPU PCB.
NOTE
To ensure accurate calibration, each step of
this procedure must be performed in sequence.
1. Perform FM Meter calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 123 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 83.3 kHz
sinewave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). When done, press
any key to continue calibration.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
NOTE
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step,
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.
2. Perform FM Offset Balance calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 126 and press <ENTER>. (The $
prompt will appear on the screen when the
calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
3. External FM Wide mode sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Gain Control
DAC to obtain 200 MHz and 20 MHz FM deviations at frequencies of 5 GHz and 15 GHz. Modulating signal inputs are from the external
Function Generator.
4-38
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 124 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 0.4 Hz
square wave with an output level of 2 volts
peak to peak.
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 MHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing the ‘ key.
e. While observing the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to
obtain a 200 MHz peak to peak deviation. This
is the coarse adjustment.
f. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
5 MHz per division and adjust the center frequency control to position the low carrier at
the center of the display. Note the frequency
reading.
g. Now, adjust the center frequency control to position the high carrier at the center of the display. Note the frequency reading.
h. The difference between these two frequencies
is the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation.
It should be 200 MHz ±8 MHz. If not, fine adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
this deviation.
i. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step (adjusting the DAC to obtain 20 MHz deviation).
j. Start calibration by pressing the 1 key.
k. While observing the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to
obtain a 20 MHz peak to peak deviation. This
is the coarse adjustment.
l. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
1 MHz per division and adjust the center frequency control to position the low carrier at
the center of the display. Note the frequency
reading.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-39
CALIBRATION
CENTER FREQUENCY
FM
CALIBRATION
m.Now, adjust the center frequency control to position the high carrier at the center of the display. Note the frequency reading.
n. The difference between these two frequencies
is the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation.
It should be 20 MHz ±0.8 MHz. If not, fine adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
this deviation.
BESSEL
NULL
o. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step (adjusting the DAC to obtain 200 MHz deviation
at 15 GHz).
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
p. Record step completion on the Test Record.
Figure 4-12.
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform
4. External FM Narrow mode sensitivity calibration
is accomplished by adjusting the FM Gain Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 15 GHz.
Modulating signal inputs are from the external
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 125 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 83.3 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak).
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
Note
You may need to adjust the RBW setting on
the Spectrum Analyzer in order to see the
>–40 dBc null.
4-40
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
5. Internal FM Wide mode sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Gain Control
DAC to obtain 200 MHz and 20 MHz FM deviations at frequencies of 5 GHz and 15 GHz. Modulating signal inputs are from the internal
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 143 and
press <ENTER>.
The screen will display the following menu:
1) Toggle polarity (this lets you go from a
positive deviation to negative deviation.)
2) Change DAC value.
3) Quit.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 MHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, enter 2 to begin
calibration.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing the ‘ key.
e. While observing the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to
obtain a 100 MHz change in frequency.
f. On the keyboard, press Q to return to the
menu, then enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
g. Measure the change in frequency on the Spectrum Analyzer. The change in frequency
should be 200 MHz. If not, enter 2 and adjust
the DAC.
h. Repeat steps 5.f and 5.g as necessary to obtain
a 200 MHz frequency change. When finished
adjusting the DAC, press Q to return to the
menu.
i. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
5 MHz per division and adjust the center fre-
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-41
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
quency control to position the high (or low) carrier at the center of the display. Note the
frequency reading.
j. On the keyboard, enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
k. Now, adjust the center frequency control to position the low (or high) carrier at the center of
the display. Note the frequency reading.
l. The difference between these two frequencies
should be 200 MHz ±8 MHz. If not, enter 2
and fine adjust the DAC to obtain this deviation.
m. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to return to the menu then enter 3 to
go to the next calibration step (adjusting the
DAC to obtain 20 MHz deviation).
n. On the keyboard, enter 2, then press the 1 key
to start calibration.
o. While oberving the Spectrum Analyzer display,
adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
a 10 MHz change in frequency.
p. On the keyboard, press Q to return to the
menu, then enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
q. Measure the change in frequency on the Spectrum Analyzer. The change in frequency
should be 20 MHz. If not, enter 2 and adjust
the DAC.
r. Repeat steps 5.p and 5.q as necessary to obtain
a 20 MHz frequency change. When finished adjusting the DAC, press Q to return to the
menu.
s. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
1 MHz per division and adjust the center frequency control to position the high (or low) carrier at the center of the display. Note the
frequency reading.
t. On the keyboard, enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
u. Now, adjust the center frequency control to position the low (or high) carrier at the center of
the display. Note the frequency reading.
v. The difference between these two frequencies
should be 20 MHz ±0.8 MHz. If not, enter 2
and fine adjust the DAC to obtain this deviation.
4-42
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
w. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to return to the menu. Then, enter 3
to go to the next calibration step (adjusting the
DAC to obtain 200 MHz deviation at 15 GHz).
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
x. Record step completion on the Test Record.
6. Internal FM Narrow mode sensitivity calibration
is accomplished by adjusting the FM Gain Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 15 GHz.
Modulating signal inputs are from the internal
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 144 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-12, page 4-38) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to
reduce the carrier level as low as possible.
Note
You may need to adjust the RBW setting on
the Spectrum Analyzer in order to see the
>–40 dBc nul
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
682XXB/683XXB MM
7. Store the calibration data as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration data has been
stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-43
FM
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
Models 682XXB with Firmware Version 2.18 and above
Models 683XXB with Firmwave Version 2.20 and above
Models 682X5B/683X5B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform FM calibration. This consists of calibrating the FM Meter circuit and the FM
Variable Gain Control DAC. The FM Variable Gain Control DAC is
calibrated for input sensitivities in Locked, Locked Low-Noise, Unlocked Narrow, and Unlocked Wide FM modes.
IBM-Compatible PC
682XXB / 683XXB
EXT REF
INPUT
Serial
I/O
COM1
or
COM2
Spectrum
Analyzer
10 MHz
REF OUT
FM
IN
RF
IN
RF
OUTPUT
Function
Generator
DMM
INPUT
OUTPUT
Figure 4-13.
BNC
Tee
Equipment Setup for FM Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-13, as
follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference input.
3. Connect the Function Generator Output to the
BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
682XXB/683XXB front panel FM IN. Connect the
other leg of the tee to the DMM input.
4-44
682XXB/683XXB MM
FM
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
FM
Calibration
Procedure
The following steps in the procedure lets you calibrate the (1) FM Meter circuit; (2) FM Variable Gain
Linearity; (3) Locked, Locked Low-Noise, Unlocked
Narrow, and Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity;
and (4) FM Rear Panel Input Gain, and store the results in non-volatile memary (EEPROM) on the A17
CPU PCB.
NOTE
To ensure accurate calibration, each step of
this procedure must be performed in sequence.
1. Perform FM Meter calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 123 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 100.0 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
±0.01 volts RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a
frequency counter to verify the output frequency of your function generator is set to
±1%. When done, press any key on the keyboard to continue calibration.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.
NOTE
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step,
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>.
2. Perform FM Variable Gain Linearity calibration
as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 148 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a +1.00 Vdc
output. When done, press any key on the keyboard to continue calibration.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-45
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity
calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM
Variable Gain Control DAC to obtain a 200 MHz
FM deviation at frequencies of 5 GHz and
15 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
external Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 124 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 0.1 Hz
square wave with an output level of ±1 volt
±0.002 volts (2 volts peak to peak).
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 MHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing the ‘ key.
e. While observing the Spectum Analyzer display,
adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
a 200 MHz peak to peak deviation. This is the
coarse adjustment.
f. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
5 MHz per division and adjust the center frequency control to position the low carrier at
the center of the display. Note the frequency
reading.
g. Now, adjust the center frequency control to position the high carrier at the center of the display. Note the frequency reading.
h. The difference between these two frequencies
is the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation.
It should be 200 MHz ±0.5 MHz. If not, fine adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
this deviation.
i. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step (adjusting the DAC to obtain a 200 MHz deviation
at 15 GHz).
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
j. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-46
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity
calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM
Variable Gain Control DAC to obtain a 200 MHz
FM deviation at frequencies of 5 GHz and
15 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
internal Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 143 and
press <ENTER>.
The screen will display the following menu:
1) Toggle polarity (this lets you go from a
positive deviation to negative deviation.)
2) Change DAC value.
3) Quit.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 MHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, enter 2 to begin
calibration.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing the ‘ key.
e. While observing the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to
obtain a 100 MHz change in frequency.
f. On the keyboard, press Q to return to the
menu, then enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
g. Measure the change in frequency on the Spectrum Analyzer. The change in frequency
should be 200 MHz. If not, enter 2 and adjust
the DAC.
h. Repeat steps 4.f and 4.g as necessary to obtain
a 200 MHz frequency change. When finished
adjusting the DAC, press Q to return to the
menu.
i. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
5 MHz per division and adjust the center frequency control to position the high (or low)
carrier at the center of the display. Note the
frequency reading.
j. On the keyboard, enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-47
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
k. Now adjust the center frequency control to position the low (or high) carrier at the center of
the display. Note the frequency reading.
l. The difference between these two frequencies
should be 200 MHz ±0.5 MHz. If not, enter 2
and fine adjust the DAC to obtain this deviation.
m. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to return to the menu, then enter 3
to go to the next calibration step (adjusting the
DAC to obtain a 200 MHz deviation at
15 GHz).
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
CENTER FREQUENCY
BESSEL
NULL
n. Record step completion on the Test Record.
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal is from the external Function
Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 125 and
press <ENTER>.
Figure 4-14.
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-14) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
4-48
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal input is from the internal
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 144 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-14) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.
7. The FM Rear Panel Input Gain is calibrated to
balance the Locked and Unlocked Narrow FM
Mode Sensitivity obtained when the same external modulating signal is applied to either the
front panel or rear panel FM input.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. On the 682XXB/683XXB, disconnect the coaxial cable from the front panel FM IN connector
and connect it to the rear panel FM IN connector.
b. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 154 and
press <ENTER>.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-49
CALIBRATION
FM
CALIBRATION
c. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
d. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
e. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2. and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
f. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-14) on the Spectum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
g. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to exit the calibration routine.
h. Record step completion on the Test Record.
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
8. Store the calibration data as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen whe the calibration data has been
stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4-50
682XXB/683XXB MM
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4-14
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform phase modulation (FM) calibration for 682XXB/683XXBs with Option 6. This consists of calibrating the FM Variable Gain Control DAC and the FM
Flatness DAC for input sensitivities in Narrow and Wide FM modes.
IBM-Compatible PC
682XXB / 683XXB
EXT REF
INPUT
Serial
I/O
COM1
or
COM2
Spectrum
Analyzer
10 MHz
REF OUT
FM IN
(ΦM IN)
RF
IN
RF
OUTPUT
Function
Generator
DMM
INPUT
OUTPUT
Figure 4-15.
BNC
Tee
Equipment Setup for FM Calibration
Equipment
Setup
Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-15, as
follows:
1. Interface the PC to the 682XXB/683XXB by performing the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to
4-12.
2. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External
Reference Input.
3. Connect the Function Generator Output to the
BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
682XXB/683XXB front panel FM IN (FM IN). Connect the other leg of the tee to the DMM input.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-51
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
4. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT to the
Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.
NOTE
Before beginning this calibration procedure, always let the 682XXB/683XXB
warm up for a minimum of one hour.
FM
Calibration
Procedure
The following steps in the procedure lets you calibrate the FM Variable Gain Control DAC and the
FM Flatness DAC in both Wide and Narrow FM
modes and store the results in non-volatile memory
(EEPROM) on the A17 CPU PCB.
NOTE
To ensure accurate calibration, each step of
this procedure must be performed in sequence.
CENTER FREQUENCY
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal input is from the external
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
BESSEL
NULL
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 149 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
Figure 4-16.
Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
4-52
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-16) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
NOTE
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step,
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>.
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal input is from the internal
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 151 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-16) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM Flatness DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as possible for
sensitivity settings of 2.4 Rad/V and 14.9 Rad/V
at 5 GHz. The modulating signal input is from
the external Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 155 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 400 Hz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-53
CALIBRATION
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-16) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain Control DAC to reduce the carrier level
as low as possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and
20 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
external Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 150 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
4-54
e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-16) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keybaord to go to the next calibration step.
682XXB/683XXB MM
CALIBRATION
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration
is accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable
Gain Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as
low as possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and
20 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
internal Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 152 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-16) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM Flatness DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as possible for a
sensitivity setting of 2.4 Rad/V at 5 Ghz. The
modulating signal input is from the external
Function Generator.
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 156 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 400 Hz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output of your function
generator is set to ±1%.
682XXB/683XXB MM
4-55
CALIBRATION
PHASE MODULATION
(FM) CALIBRATION
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div ot
50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start the calibration by pressing an increment
key.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure
4-16) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
carrier level as low as possible.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard.
The program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
7. Store the calibration data as follows:
CAUTION
When saving calibration data, turning off the instrument before the $
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost.
4-56
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration data has been
stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Chapter 5
Troubleshooting
Table of Contents
5-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-2
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3
ERROR AND WARNING/STATUS MESSAGES. . . 5-3
Self-Test Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Normal Operation Error and Warning/Status
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-4
MALFUNCTIONS NOT DISPLAYING AN ERROR
MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-5
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
The majority of the troubleshooting procedures presented in this chapter require
the removal of the instrument covers to gain access to test points on printed circuit
boards and other subassemblies.
WARNING
Hazardous voltages are present inside the 682XXB/683XXB
whenever ac line power is connected. Turn off the instrument
and remove the line cord before removing any covers or panels. Troubleshooting or repair procedures should only be performed by service personnel who are fully aware of the
potential hazards.
CAUTION
Many subassemblies in the signal generator contain staticsensitive components. Improper handling of these subassemblies may result in damage to the components. Always
observe the static-sensitive component handling precautions
described in Chapter 1, Figure 1-3.
Chapter 5
Troubleshooting
5-1
5-2
5-3
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides information for troubleshooting signal generator
malfunctions. The troubleshooting procedures presented in this chapter support fault isolation to a replaceable subassembly or RF component. (Remove and replace procedures for the subassemblies and RF
components are found in Chapter 6.)
RECOMMENDED TEST
EQUIPMENT
The recommended test equipment for the troubleshooting procedures
presented in this chapter is listed in Chapter 1, Table 1-2 (page 1-12).
ERROR AND
WARNING/STATUS
MESSAGES
During normal operation, the 682XXB/683XXB generates error messages to indicate internal malfunctions, abnormal instrument operations, or invalid signal inputs or data entries. It also displays warning
messages to alert the operator to conditions that could result in inaccurate signal generator output. In addition, status messages are displayed to remind the operator of current menu selections or settings.
Self-Test
Error
Messages
The 682XXB/683XXB firmware includes internal diagnostics that self-test the instrument. These selftest diagnostics perform a brief go/no-go test of most
of the instrument PCBs and other internal assemblies.
You can perform an instrument self-test at any time
during normal operation by pressing SYSTEM and
then the System Menu soft-key Selftest .
If the signal generator fails self-test, an error message(s) is displayed on the front panel data display.
These error messages describe the malfunction and,
in most cases, provide an indication of what has
failed. Table 5-1 is a summary listing of the self-test
error messages. Included for each is a reference to
the troubleshooting table that provides a description
of the probable cause(s) and a procedure for identifying the failed component or assembly.
682XXB/683XXB MM
5-3
SELF-TEST
ERROR MESSAGES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-1.
Self-Test Error Messages (1 of 3)
Troubleshooting
Table
Page
Number
Error 100
DVM Ground Offset Failed
5-5
5-18
Error 101
DVM Positive 10V Reference
5-5
5-18
Error 102
DVM Negative 10V Reference
5-5
5-18
Error 105
Power Supply Voltage(s) out
of Regulation
5-6
5-19
Error 106
Power Supply not Locked
5-6
5-28
Error 107
Sweep Time Check Failed
5-16
5-36
Error 108
Crystal Oven Cold
5-8
5-29
Error 109
The 100MHz Reference is not
Locked to the External
Reference
5-8
5-29
Error 110
The 100MHz Reference is not
Locked to the High Stability
10MHz Crystal Oscillator
5-8
5-30
Error 111
Fine Loop Osc Failed
5-9
5-30
Error 112
Coarse Loop Osc Failed
5-11
5-32
Error 113
Yig Loop Osc Failed
5-13
5-33
Error 114
Down Converter LO not Locked
5-14
5-34
Error 115
Not Locked Indicator Failed
5-13
5-33
Error 116
FM Loop Gain Check Failed
5-15
5-35
Error 117
Linearizer Check Failed
5-16
5-36
Error 118
Switchpoint DAC Failed
5-16
5-36
Error 119
Center Frequency Circuits
Failed
5-16
5-36
Error Message
5-4
682XXB/683XXB MM
SELF-TEST
ERROR MESSAGES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-1.
Self-Test Error Messages (2 of 3)
Troubleshooting
Table
Page
Number
Error 120
Delta-F Circuits Failed
5-16
5-36
Error 121
Unleveled Indicator Failed
5-17
5-37
Error 122
Level Reference Failed
5-17
5-37
Error 123
Detector Log Amp Failed
5-17
5-37
Error 124
Full Band Unlocked and
Unleveled
5-18
5-39
Error 125
8.4 – 20 GHz Unlocked and
Unleveled
5-18
5-39
Error 126
2 – 8.4 GHz Unlocked and
Unleveled
5-18
5-39
Error 127
Detector Input Circuit
Failed
5-17
5-37
Error 128
.01 – 2 GHz Unleveled
5-20
5-41
Error 129
Switched Filter or Level
Detector Failed
5-20
5-44
Error 130
2 – 3.3 GH Switched Filter
5-20
5-47
Error 131
3.3 – 5.5 GH Switched Filter
5-20
5-47
Error 132
5.5 – 8.4 GH Switched Filter
5-20
5-47
Error 133
8.4 – 13.25 GH Switched Filter
5-20
5-47
Error 134
13.25 – 20 GH Switched Filter
5-20
5-47
Error 135
Modulator or Driver Failed
5-20
5-48
Error 142
Sample and Hold Circuit
Failed
5-17
5-37
Error 143
Slope DAC Failed
5-17
5-38
Error Message
682XXB/683XXB MM
5-5
SELF-TEST
ERROR MESSAGES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-1.
Self-Test Error Messages (3 of 3)
Troubleshooting
Table
Page
Number
Error 144
RF was Off when Selftest
started. Some tests were
not performed.
5-24
5-51
Error 145
AM meter or associated
circuitry failed
5-25
5-51
Error 147
Internal FM circuitry failed
5-26
5-52
Error 148
Pulse 40 MHz reference
circuitry failed
5-27
5-52
Error Message
682XXB/683XXB Models with SDM
5-6
Error 138
SDM Unit or Driver Failed
5-22
5-49
Error 139
32 – 40 GHz SDM Section Failed
5-22
5-50
Error 140
25 – 32 GHz SDM Section Failed
5-22
5-50
Error 141
20 – 25 GHz SDM Section Failed
5-22
5-50
682XXB/683XXB MM
ERROR AND WARNING/
STATUS MESSAGES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Normal
Operation
Error and
Warning/
Status
Messages
When an abnormal condition is detected during operation, the 682XXB/683XXB displays an error message to indicate that the output is abnormal or that
a signal input or data entry is invalid. It also displays warning messages to alert the operator to
conditions that could cause an inaccurate signal
generator output. Status messages to remind the
operator of current menu selections or settings are
also generated.
Table 5-2 is a summary list of possible error messages that can be displayed during normal operations. Table 5-3 is a summary list of possible
warning/status messages.
Table 5-2.
Possible Error Messages during Normal Operations (1 of 2)
Error Message
682XXB/683XXB MM
Description
ERROR
Displayed (on the frequency mode title bar) when (1) the
output frequency is not phase-locked, (2) an invalid
frequency parameter entry causes a frequency range
error, or (3) an invalid pulse parameter entry causes a
pulse modulation error.
LOCK ERROR
Displayed (in the frequency parameters area) when the
output frequency is not phase-locked. The frequency
accuracy and stability of the RF output is greatly reduced.
Normally caused by an internal component failure. Run
self-test to verify malfunction.
RANGE
Displayed (in the frequency parameters area) when (1)
the analog sweep start frequency entered is greater than
the stop frequency (683XXB models only), (2) the dF
value entered results in a sweep outside the range of the
instrument, (3) the step size value entered is greater than
the sweep range, or (4) the number of steps entered
results in a step size of less than 1 kHz (0.1 Hz with
Option 11) or 0.1 dB. Entering valid values usually clears
the error.
SLAVE
Displayed (in the frequency parameters area of the
Master 68XXXB) during master-slave operation in VNA
mode when the slave frequency offset value entered
results in a CW frequency or frequency sweep outside the
range of the slave 68XXXB. Entering a valid offset value
clears the error.
ERR
Displayed (in the modulation status area) when one or
more of the following error conditions occurrs:
(1) The external AM modulating signal exceeds the input
voltage range. In addition, the message “Reduce AM
Input Level” appears at the bottom of the AM status
display. (Continued on next page)
5-7
ERROR AND WARNING/
STATUS MESSAGES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-2.
Possible Error Messages during Normal Operations (2 of 2)
Error Message
ERR
5-8
Description
Continued:
(2) The external FM modulating signal exceeds the input
voltage range. In addition, the message “Reduce FM
Input Level” appears at the bottom of the FM status
display.
(3) A pulse parameter setting is invalid for the current
pulse modulation state, as follows:
Single Pulse Mode:
Free Run or Gated Trigger:
Width1 > PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Delay1 + Width1 > PRI
Doublet Pulse Mode:
Free Run Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or
Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 > PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or
Delay1 + Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) +Width2 > PRI
External Trigger with or without Delay:
Width1 > Delay2
Triplet Pulse Mode:
Free Run Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 +
(Delay3 – Width2) + Width 3 > PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Delay1 + Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 +
(Delay3 – Width2) + Width 3 > PRI
External Trigger with or without Delay:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3
Quadruplet Pulse Mode:
Free Run Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width3 > Delay4 or
Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 + (Delay3 –
Width2) + Width3 + (Delay4 – Width3) + Width4
> PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width3 > Delay4 or
Delay1 + Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 +
(Delay3 – Width2) + Width3 + (Delay4 – Width3) +
Width4 > PRI
External Trigger with or without Delay:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width3 > Delay4
682XXB/683XXB MM
ERROR AND WARNING/
STATUS MESSAGES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-3.
Possible Warning/Status Messages during Normal Operation
Warning/Status
Message
682XXB/683XXB MM
Description
OVN COLD
This warning message indicates that the 100 MHz
Crystal oven (or the 10 MHz Crystal oven if Option 16 is
installed) has not reached operating temperature.
Normally displayed during a cold start of the signal
generator. If the message is displayed during normal
operation, it could indicate a malfunction. Run self-test
to verify.
UNLEVELED
Displayed when the RF output goes unleveled. Normally
caused by exceeding the specified leveled-power rating.
Reducing the power level usually clears the warning
message.
If the warning message is displayed only when AM is
selected ON, the modulating signal may be driving the
RF output unleveled. Reducing the modulating signal or
adjusting the power level usually clears the warning.
UNLOCKED
When Unlocked/Narrow FM or Unlocked/Wide FM is
selected ON, this warning message appears indicating
that the instrument is not phase-locked during this FM
mode of operation.
Reduce Rate
This warning message is displayed when the AM Rate
or FM Rate is set >100 kHz for a non-sinewave
modulating waveform. Amplitude or frequency
modulation of the output signal will continue but the
modulating waveform may be distorted.
EXT REF
This status message indicates that an external 10 MHz
signal is being used as the reference signal for the
682XXB/683XXB.
OFFSET
This status message indicates that a constant (offset)
has been applied to the displayed power level.
SLOPE
This status message indicates that a power slope
correction has been applied to the ALC.
USER 1...5
This status message indicates that a user level flatness
correction power-offset table has been applied to the
ALC.
SS MODE
This status message indicates that the 682XXB/683XXB
has been placed in a source lock mode for operation
with a 360B Vector Network Analyzer.
5-9
TROUBLESHOOTING
5-4
MALFUNCTIONS NOT
DISPLAYING AN ERROR
MESSAGE
MALFUNCTIONS NOT DISPLAYING
AN ERROR MESSAGE
The 682XXB/683XXB must be operating to run self-test. Therefore,
malfunctions that cause the instrument to be non-operational do not
produce error messages. These problems generally are a failure of the
682XXB/683XXB to power up properly. Table 5-4, beginning on page
5-12, provides troubleshooting procedures for these malfunctions.
Malfunctions related to pulse modulating the RF output do not produce error messages. In those 682XXB/683XXB models that produce
RF outputs of >40 GHz, malfunctions related to quadrupling the
source signal do not generate error messages. Troubleshooting procedures for these malfunctions are included in Table 5-4.
5-5
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
Tables 5-4 through 5-27, beginning on page 5-12, provide procedures
for isolating malfunctions to a replaceable subassembly or RF component. In those cases where any of several subassemblies or RF components could have caused the problem, subassembly/RF component replacement is indicated. The recommended replacement order is to
replace first the subassemblies/RF components that are most likely to
have failed.
Figure 5-1, on the following page, shows the location of the 682XXB/
683XXB connectors and test points that are called out in the troubleshooting procedures of Tables 5-4 through 5-27.
CAUTION
Never remove or replace a subassembly or RF component
with power applied. Serious damage to the instrument may
occur.
5-10
682XXB/683XXB MM
CONNECTOR AND
TEST POINT LOCATIONS
TROUBLESHOOTING
A21-1
BNC/AUX I/0
Connector PCB
Rear Panel
A21 Line Filter/
Rectifier PCB
A21P2
Fan Assy.
A19 Power
Conditioner PCB
A19P2
A18 Power
Supply PCB
A19
2-20 GHz
YIG Oscillator
A17 CPU PCB
A16 CPU
Interface PCB
A15
Regulator PCB
A18
Switched
Filter Assy.
A17
A14 SDM/SQM
Driver PCB
A16
A13 YIG
Driver PCB
Test
Points
A15
A12 Analog
Instruction PCB
Down Converter
A14
A11 FM PCB
A13
A10 ALC PCB
A12
A9 PIN
Control PCB
A8 Function
Generator PCB
A7 YIG
Loop PCB
A6 Pulse
Generator PCB
A5 Fine
Loop PCB
A4 Coarse
Loop PCB
A3 Reference
Loop PCB
Directional
Coupler
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
20-40 GHz
SDM
A6
A5
A4
A3
J1
J1
J2
J2
J3
J3
J4
J4
J5
J5
J6
J6
J7
J7
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
Step
Attenuator
(Option 2)
10 MHz Hi-Stab
Crystal Oscillator
(Option 16)
Front Panel Assy.
(Containing
A1 & A2 PCB's)
RF Output
Connector
Figure 5-1.
Top View of the 682XXB/683XXB Showing Connector and Test Point Locations
682XXB/683XXB MM
5-11
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-4.
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (1 of 6)
Signal Generator Will Not Turn On
(OPERATE light is OFF)
Normal Operation: When the 682XXB/683XXB is connected to the
power source, the OPERATE light should illuminate and the instrument should power up.
Step 1.
Disconnect the 682XXB/683XXB from the power source, then
check the line fuse on the rear panel.
q
q
If the line fuse is defective, replace but do not apply
power. Go to step 2.
Step 2.
Remove the 682XXB/683XXB top cover and the safety cover
located over the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB assembly that
is located on the rear panel.
Step 3.
Disconnect the cable at connector A21P2.
Step 4.
Connect a digital multimeter (DMM) across the pins 1 and 2
of A21P2, then connect the 682XXB/683XXB to the power
source. Check for a 330 volt reading on the DMM.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, go to step 5.
If the voltage is incorrect or the line fuse blows, replace
the A21 PCB.
Step 5.
Disconnect the 682XXB/683XXB from the power source and
allow 5 minutes for the capacitors on the A21 PCB to discharge.
Step 6.
Reconnect the cable at A21 P2, then remove the cover over
the A18 and A19 PCBs.
Step 7.
After connecting the negative lead of the DMM to A19TP3
and the positive lead to A19TP2, connect the 682XXB/
683XXB to the power source and check for a +28 ±2 volt
reading on the DMM.
q
q
Step 8.
5-12
If the line fuse is good, go to step 2.
If the voltage is correct, go to step 8.
If the voltage is incorrect or the line fuse blows, replace
the A19 PCB.
Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A15TP1 and the
positive lead to A15TP14, check for a +23.33 ±0.5 volts reading on the DMM.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-4.
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (2 of 6)
q
q
If the voltage is correct, the Front Panel assembly or the
cable between Motherboard connector A20J22 and the
Front Panel assembly may be defective.
If the voltage is incorrect, the +24V standby power supply
may be loaded down by (1) a shorted oven heater for the
100 MHz reference oscillator located on the A3 PCB, (2) a
shorted heater for the optional 10 MHz high stability time
base (if installed), or (3) a defective Front Panel assembly.
Signal Generator Will Not Turn On
(OPERATE light is ON)
Normal Operation: When the 682XXB/683XXB is connected to the
power source, the OPERATE light should illuminate and the instrument should power up.
Step 1.
Remove the 682XXB/683XXB top cover and the cover over
the A18 and A19 PCBs.
Step 2.
Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A18TP1 and the
positive lead to A18TP3.
Step 3.
Check for a +23.3 ±0.5 volt reading on the DMM.
q
q
Step 4.
If the voltage is incorrect or missing, the Front Panel
assembly or the cable between Motherboard connector
A20J22 and the Front Panel assembly may be defective.
Press the front panel RF OUTPUT ON/OFF button. Do the
yellow and red LEDs toggle?
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the voltage is correct, go to step 4.
If yes, the malfunction may be caused by a failed front
panel circuit. Replace the Front Panel assembly.
If the LEDs do not toggle or if both LEDs are lit, the problem may be caused by a malfunction on the A17 CPU
PCB.
5-13
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-4.
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (3 of 6)
No Pulse Modulation of the RF Output
Description: The signal generator does not display any error messages
during self-test; however, there is no pulse modulation of the RF output.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to go to the Internal
Pulse Modulation Status display.
c.
Step 2.
Press On/Off to turn on pulse modulation.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a TTL pulse
(with a pulse width of approximately 25 ns) at the rear panel
PULSE SYNC OUT connector.
q
q
If present, go to step 5.
If not present, go to step 3.
Step 3.
Disconnect the cable, W129, from A6J4.
Step 4.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of the Pulse Sync
signal at A6J4.
q
q
If present, replace the cable W129.
If not present, replace the A6 PCB.
Step 5.
Using a coaxial cable with BNC connectors, connect the rear
panel PULSE SYNC OUT connector to the External Trigger
Input on an oscilloscope and select External Trigger.
Step 6.
Disconnect the cable, W122, from A6J6 and the cable, W123,
from A6J7.
Step 7.
Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of (1) a pulse train
at A6J7 (pulse signal to the Switched Filter) with an output
level of +2 volts to –2 volts, a pulse period of 1 ms, and a
pulse width of 200 ms; and (2) a pulse train at A6J6 (sample
and hold signal to the A10 ALC PCB) with an output level of
0 volts to +1 volt, a pulse period of 1 ms, and a pulse width of
200 ms.
Note that on an expanded timebase, the signal at A6J6 starts
approximately 50 ns before the signal at A6J7.
5-14
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-4.
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (4 of 6)
q
q
If the signals are not present or are incorrect, replace the
A6 PCB.
Step 8.
Disconnect the cable, W123, from J7 of the Pulsed Switched
Filter assembly.
Step 9.
Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a pulse train
with an output level of +2 volts to –2 volts, a pulse period of
1 ms, and a pulse width of 200 ms at the end of the cable,
W123.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the signals are present and correct, go to step 8.
If present, replace the Pulse Switched Filter assembly.
If not present, replace the cable W123.
5-15
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-4.
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (5 of 6)
Output Power Related Problems
(>40 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB Models with SQM
Description: The signal generator does not display any error message
during self-test; however, there is no or low RF output above 40 GHz.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 40.0 GHz
F2: 50.0, 60.0, or 65.0 GHz (Model dependent)
Number of Steps: 400
L1: –2.0 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 40.0 GHz
F2: 50.0, 60.0, or 65.0 GHz (Model dependent)
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: –2.0 dBm
Step 2.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear pane HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 3.
Using the oscilloscope, check the following voltages:
a. For models having a high end frequency of 50 GHz, check
the SQM bias voltages at A14TP5 and A14TP7. The bias
voltage at A14TP5 should be +10 volts; the bias voltage
at A14TP7 should be –5 volts.
For models having a high end frequency of 60 or 65 GHz,
check for a +12 volts SQM bias voltage at A14TP6.
b. For all models, check for a –2 volt PIN switch drive voltage at A9TP22.
q
q
q
5-16
If the SQM bias and PIN switch drive voltages are
correct, go to step 4.
If the SQM bias voltage(s) is not correct, replace the
A14 PCB.
If the PIN switch drive voltage is not correct, replace
the A9 PCB.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-4.
Step 4.
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (6 of 6)
Connect a 562 Scalar Network Analyzer to the 682XXB/
683XXB as follows:
a. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB AUX I/O to the 562 AUX
I/O.
b. Connect the 562 DEDICATED GPIB to the 682XXB/
w683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB.
c.
Step 5.
Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Channel A Input.
Set up the 562 Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM MENU display.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c.
Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
Step 6.
e.
Press CHANNEL 1 Menu key.
f.
From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.
Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output
at J4 of the switched filter assembly. The amplitude of the
RF signal should be >+18 dBm throughout the full sweep.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the amplitude of the RF signal is correct, replace the
SQM.
If there is no RF signal or if the amplitude of the RF signal is low, replace the switched filter assembly.
5-17
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-5.
Error Messages 100, 101, and 102
Internal DVM Tests
Error 100 DVM Ground Offset Failed, or
Error 101 DVM Positive 10V Reference, or
Error 102 DVM Negative 10V Reference
Description: The DVM circuitry, located on the A16 CPU Interface
PCB, is calibrated using the ±10 volts from the reference supplies on
the A12 Analog Instruction PCB. The error messages indicate a
calibration-related problem or a defective ±10 volt reference.
Step 1.
Perform a manual pre-calibration. (Refer to chapter 4 for the
calibration procedure.)
Step 2.
Run self-test.
q
q
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If any of the error messages, 100, 101, and 102, are displayed, go to step 3.
Step 3.
Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A12TP1.
Step 4.
Measure the ±10V reference voltages at A12TP4 and
A12TP8. A12TP4 should be –10V ±0.036V; A12TP8 should
be +10V ±0.036V.
q
q
If the ±10V reference voltages are correct, go to step 5.
If incorrect, replace the A12 PCB.
NOTE
Even if the ±10V reference voltages are correct, there could
still be a malfunction of the DVM multiplexer on the A12
PCB or the DVM circuitry on the A16 CPU Interface PCB.
Step 5.
Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
Step 6.
If any of the error messages, 100, 101, and 102, are displayed, go to step 6.
Replace the A16 PCB, then run self-test.
q
q
5-18
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If any of the error messages, 100, 101, and 102, are displayed, contact your local ANRITSU service center for
assistance.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (1 of 10)
Power Supply Tests
WARNING
Voltages hazardous to life are present throughout the power
supply circuits, even when the front panel LINE switch is in
the STANDBY postion. When performing maintenance, use
utmost care to avoid electrical shock.
Error 105 Power Supply Voltage(s) out of Regulation.
Description: The out of regulation circuit, located on the A15 Regulator PCB, monitors all of the regulated power supply outputs. This error
message indicates that one of more of the voltages from the power supply, with the exception of the 5 volt supply, is out of regulation. If the
5 volt supply is faulty, the 682XXB/683XXB will not operate.
Step 1.
Measure the regulated voltages at the test points shown in
Table 5-7.
q
q
q
If incorrect for a supply, go to the referenced step.
If incorrect for several supplies, go to step 2.
If all voltages are correct, go to step 3.
Table 5-7.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Regulated Power Supply Voltages
Regulated
Voltage
Measurement
Point
Reference
Point
Value
Refer
to Step
+15VG
A15 TP3
A15 TP1
+15V ±0.75V
4
–15VG
A15 TP9
A15 TP1
+15VA
A15 TP2
A15 TP1
–15VA
A15 TP7
A15 TP1
+15VLP
A15 TP12
A15 TP1
–15VLP
A15 TP13
A15 TP1
+15VFM
A15 TP8
A15 TP1
–15VFM
A15 TP11
A15 TP1
–18VT
A15 TP10
A15 TP1
–43VT
A15 TP15
A15 TP1
+24VH
A15 TP6
A15 TP1
–15V ±0.75V
+15 ±0.75V
–15V ±0.75V
+15V ±0.75V
–15V ±0.75V
+15V ±0.75V
–15V ±0.75V
–18.06V ±0.36V
–43.1V ±0.9V
+24.32V ±0.5V
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
10
5-19
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Step 2.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (2 of 10)
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions
when the voltages from several regulated supplies are
incorrect.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
regulated voltages per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Replace the A18 PCB.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
regulated voltages per Table 5-7.
q
q
Step 3.
If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
Run self-test again.
q
q
5-20
If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 105 displays again, contact your local ANRITSU
service center for assistance.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (3 of 10)
±15VG Supply Problems
This supply provides ±15 volts to the YIG Driver; SDM, SQM Driver;
CPU; and CPU I/O circuits andw the Switched Filter and Down Converter assemblies.
Step 4.
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the ±15VG supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Remove the A13, A14, A16, and A17 PCBs as applicable
for your model.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, go to step j.
If the voltages are still incorrect, go to step g.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
h. Remove the switched filter and down converter assemblies.
i.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages.
q
q
j.
If the voltages are correct, go to step j.
If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs/assemblies.
k. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages.
l.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Continue steps j and k until the faulty PCB/assembly is
located.
5-21
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (4 of 10)
±15VA Supply Problems
This supply provides ±15 volts to the Function Generator, PIN Control,
ALC, FM, and Analog Instruction circuits.
Step 5.
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the ±15VA supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VA voltages per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Remove the A8, A9, A10, A11, and A12 PCBs.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VA voltages.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, go to step g.
If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VA voltages.
i.
5-22
Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB is located.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (5 of 10)
±15VLP Supply Problems
This supply provides ±15 volts to the Pulse Generator and the Reference, Coarse, Fine, and YIG Loop circuits.
Step 6.
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the ±15VLP supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VLP voltages per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Remove the A3, A4, A5, A6, and A7 PCBs.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VLP voltages.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, go to step g.
If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VLP voltages.
i.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB is located.
5-23
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (6 of 10)
±15VFM Supply Problems
This supply provides ±15 volts to the FM circuits.
Step 7.
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the ±15VFM supply and its outlying load circuit.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VFM voltages per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Remove the A11 and A13 PCBs.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
15VFM voltages.
q
q
If the voltages are correct, go to step g.
If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install on the
remove PCBs.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VFM voltages.
i.
5-24
Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB is located.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (7 of 10)
–18VT Supply Problems
This supply provides –18 volts to the front panel LCD contrast circuit
and to drive the YIG-tuned oscillator main tuning coil during CW and
slow analog sweeps.
Step 8.
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the –18VT supply and its outlying load circuit.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–18VT voltage per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltage is incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Remove the A13 PCB and the YIG-tuned oscillator assembly.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–18VT voltage.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, go to step i.
If the voltage is still incorrect, go to step g.
g. Replace the front panel assembly by following the steps
in paragraph 6-3 of Chapter 6—Removal and Replacement Procedures.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–18VT voltage.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltage is still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
i.
Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
j.
Install the A13 PCB.
k. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–18VT voltage.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the voltage is correct, replace the YIG-tuned oscillator assembly.
If the voltage is incorrect, replace the A13 PCB.
5-25
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (8 of 10)
–43VT Supply Problems
This supply provides –43 volts to drive the YIG-tuned oscillator main
tuning coil during bandswitching, fast analog sweeps, and digital
sweeps.
Step 9.
Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the –43VT supply and its outlying load circuit.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE.
d. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB to perform a 2 to 20 GHz
step sweep.
e.
Measure the –43VT voltage per Table 5-7.
q
q
f.
If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltage is incorrect, go to step f.
Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
g. Remove the A13 PCB and the YIG-tuned oscillator
assembly.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–43VT voltage.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, go to step i.
If the voltage is still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
i.
Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
j.
Install the A13 PCB.
k. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–43VT voltage.
q
q
5-26
If the voltage is correct, replace the YIG-tuned
oscillator assembly.
If the voltage is incorrect, replace the A13 PCB.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (9 of 10)
+24VH Supply Problems
This supply provides +24 volts for the YIG-tuned oscillator heater, the
V/GHz circuit on the A12 PCB, and the coarse, fine, and YIG loop
circuits. When the 682XXB/683XXB is switched to OPERATE, it also
takes over the function of the 24VS supply and supplies +24 volts to
the 100 MHz reference oscillator oven heater, the front panel LINE
switch circuitry, and the optional 10 MHz high stability time base oven
heater.
Step 10. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to
the +24VH supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
+24VH voltage per Table 5-7.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
If the voltage is incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e.
Remove the A4, A5, A7, and A12 PCBs and the YIGtuned oscillator assembly.
f.
Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
+24VH voltage.
q
q
If the voltage is correct, go to step g.
If the voltage is still incorrect, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs or the YIG-tuned oscillator assembly.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
+24VH voltage.
i.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB/assembly is
located.
5-27
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-6.
Error Messages 105 and 106 (10 of 10)
Power Supply Not Phase-Locked
Error 106 Power Supply not Locked
Description: The switching power supply is not phase locked to the
400 kHz reference signal from the A6 Pulse Generator PCB. Error 106
may be displayed alone or it may be accompanied by error 148 (Pulse
40 MHz reference circuitry failed).
Power Supply not Locked and Error 148 is not Displayed
Step 1.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 400 kHz TTL
square wave at TP2 on the A6 PCB (P/N D40606-3) or TP12
on the A6 PCB (P/N D40626-3).
q
q
If present, replace the A18 Power Supply PCB.
If not present, replace the A6 PCB.
Power Supply not Locked and Error 148 is Displayed
Step 1.
5-28
Troubleshoot the cause of error 148 (Table 5-27, page 5-52).
In most cases, this will also be the cause of error 106.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-8.
Error Messages 108, 109 and 110 (1 of 2)
A3 Reference Loop
Error 108 Crystal Oven Cold
Description: The oven of the 100 MHz crystal oscillator or the Option
16 high-stability 10 MHz crystal oscillator has not reached operating
temperature.
Step 1.
Allow a 30 minute warm up, then run self-test again.
q
q
q
If error 108 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 108 displays and Option 16 is not installed,
replace the A3 PCB.
If error 108 displays and Option 16 is installed, go to
step 2.
Step 2.
Disconnect the cable between Motherboard connector A20J4
and the Option 16 crystal oscillator assembly.
Step 3.
Run self-test again.
q
q
If error 108 is not displayed, replace the Option 16 crystal
oscillator assembly.
If error 108 is still displayed, replace the A3 PCB.
Error 109 The 100MHz Reference is not phase-locked to the
External Reference
Description: The reference loop is not phase-locked to the external
10 MHz reference.
Step 1.
Using a coaxial cable with BNC connectors, connect the rear
panel 10 MHz REF IN connector to the rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT connector.
Step 2.
Disconnect the cable, W110, from A3J7.
Step 3.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz signal
at the end of the cable. The signal amplitude should be
>0.5 volts peak-to-peak (into 50W).
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If present, replace the A3 PCB.
If not present, replace the cable W110.
5-29
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-8.
Error Messages 108, 109 and 110 (2 of 2)
Error 110 The 100MHz Reference is not Locked to the High
Stability 10MHz Crystal Oscillator
Description: The reference loop is not phase-locked to the Option 16
high stability 10 MHz crystal oscillator.
Step 1.
Disconnect the cable from A3J6.
Step 2.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz signal
at the end of the cable. The signal amplitude should be
³1 volt (into 50W).
q
q
Table 5-9.
If present, replace the A3 PCB.
If not present, replace the Option 16 crystal oscillator
assembly.
Error Message 111 (1 of 2)
A5 Fine Loop
Error 111 Fine Loop Osc Failed
Description: One or more of the oscillators within the fine loop is not
phase-locked.
Step 1.
Disconnect cable W121 at A5J5.
Step 2.
Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +3 dBm
±5 dB, 10 MHz signal at the end of the cable.
q
q
If not present, go to step 3.
Step 3.
Disconnect cable W121 at A4J7.
Step 4.
Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the
+3 dBm ±5 dB, 10 MHz signal at A4J7.
q
q
Step 5.
5-30
If present, go to step 9.
If present, replace the cable W121.
If not present, go to step 5.
Disconnect cable W105 at A4J6.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-9.
Step 6.
Error Message 111 (2 of 2)
Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the
+3 dBm ±5 dB, 10 MHz signal at the end of the cable.
q
q
If present, replace the A4 PCB.
If not present, go to step 7.
Step 7.
Disconnect cable W105 at A3J4.
Step 8.
Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the
+3 dBm ±5 dB, 10 MHz signal at A3J4.
q
q
Step 9.
If present, replace the cable W105.
If not present, replace the A3 PCB.
Reconnect cable W121 to A5J5 and disconnect cable W107 at
A5J1.
Step 10. Set up the 682XXB/683XXB to generate the CW frequencies
listed in Table 5-10.
Step 11. Using a spectrum analyzer, measure the frequency and amplitude of the signal at A5J1 for each of the CW frequencies
generated. In each case, the signal amplitude should be
+3 dBm ±3 dB with sidebands at <–65 dBc.
q
q
If the signals are correct in both frequency and amplitude,
go to step 12.
If the signals are incorrect, replace the A5 PCB.
Step 12. Reconnect cable W107 to A5J1 and run self-test again.
q
q
If error 111 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 111 is still displayed, contact your local ANRITSU
service center for assistance.
Table 5-10.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Fine Loop Frequencies
682XXB/683XXB
CW Frequency
Measured Frequency
at A5J1
10.102 GHz
22 MHz
10.110 GHz
30 MHz
10.120 GHz
40 MHz
5-31
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-11.
Error Message 112
A4 Coarse Loop
Error 112 Coarse Loop Osc Failed
Description: The coarse loop oscillator is not phase-locked.
Step 1.
Disconnect cable W103 at A4J1 and cable W105 at A4J6.
Step 2.
Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +5 dBm
±6 dB, 500 MHz signal at the end of cable W103 and a
+3 dBm ±5 dB, 10 MHz signal at the end of cable W105.
q
q
Disconnect cable W103 at A3J1 and cable W105 at A3J4.
Step 4.
Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the
+5 dBm ±6 dB, 500 MHz signal at A3J1 and the +3 dBm
±5 dB, 10 MHz signal at A3J4.
If the 500 MHz signal is present, replace cable W103.
If the 10 MHz signal is present, replace cable W105.
If the signals are not present, replace the A3 PCB.
Step 5.
Reconnect cable W103 to A4J1 and cable W105 to A4J6,
then disconnect cable W106 at A4J3.
Step 6.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB to generate the CW frequencies
listed in Table 5-12.
Step 7.
Using a spectrum analyzer, measure the frequency and amplitude of the signal at A4J3 for each of the CW frequencies
generated. In each case, the signal amplitude should be
+4 dBm ±6 dB with sidebands at <–50 dBc.
Coarse Loop Frequencies
682XXB/683XXB
CW Frequency
Measured
Frequency at A4J3
2.000 GHz
219.5 MHz ±10 kHz
2.050 GHz
2.225 GHz
225.0 MHz ±10 kHz
q
244.5 MHz ±10 kHz
q
Step 8.
If the signals are correct in both frequency and amplitude, go to step 8.
If the signals are incorrect, replace the A4 PCB.
Reconnect cable W106 to A4J3 and run self-test again.
q
q
5-32
If one or both of the signals are not present, go to step 3.
Step 3.
q
q
q
Table 5-12.
If present, go to step 5.
If error 112 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 112 is still displayed, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-13.
Error Messages 113 and 115 (1 of 2)
A7 YIG Loop
Error 113 YIG Loop Osc Failed
Error 115 Not Locked Indicator Failed
Description: Error 113 indicates that the YIG loop is not phaselocked. Error 115 indicates a failure of the not phased-lock indicator
circuit.
Step 1.
Verify the signal output from the A4 Coarse Loop PCB by
performing steps 5 thru 7 in Table 5-11.
q
q
Step 2.
If the coarse loop signals are incorrect, replace the A4
PCB.
Verify the signal output from the A5 Fine Loop PCB by performing steps 9 thru 11 in Table 5-9.
q
q
If the fine loop signals are correct in both frequency and
amplitude, go to step 3.
If the fine loop signals are incorrect, replace the A5 PCB.
Step 3.
Disconnect the semi-rigid cable at output port J5 of the
switched filter assembly.
Step 4.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB to generate a CW frequency of
2.000 GHz.
Step 5.
Using a spectrum analyzer, measure the frequency and amplitude of the signal at J5 of the switched filter assembly.
The frequency should be 2.000 GHz ±25 MHz and the amplitude should be from –20 to –27 dBm.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the coarse loop signals are correct in both frequency
and amplitude, go to step 2.
If the signal is correct in both frequency and amplitude,
go to step 6.
If the signals are incorrect, replace the switched filter assembly.
Step 6.
Repeat steps 4 and 5, incrementing the CW frequency in
1 GHz steps up to 20.000 GHz.
Step 7.
If the signals from the coarse loop, fine loop, and switched
filter assembly are all correct, replace the A7 YIG Loop PCB.
5-33
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-13.
Step 8.
Error Messages 113 and 115 (2 of 2)
Run self-test.
q
q
Table 5-14.
If error 113 or 115 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If either error 113 or 115 is displayed, contact your local
ANRITSU service center for assistance.
Error Message 114
Down Converter
Error 114 Down Converter LO not Locked
Description: The local oscillator in the down converter assembly is
not phase-locked.
Step 1.
Disconnect cable W112 at A3J2.
Step 2.
Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +5 dBm
±6 dB, 500 MHz signal at A3J2.
q
q
If not present, replace the A3 PCB.
Step 3.
Reconnect cable W112 to A3J1, then disconnect cable W112
at J2 of the down converter assembly.
Step 4.
Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +5 dBm
±6 dB, 500 MHz signal at the end of cable W112.
q
q
5-34
If present, go to step 3.
If present, replace the down converter assembly.
If not present, replace cable W112.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-15.
Error Message 116
A11 FM PCB
Error 116 FM Loop Gain Check Failed
Description: The FM loop has failed or the loop gain is out of tolerance.
Step 1.
Perform a preliminary calibration. (Refer to chapter 4 for the
calibration procedure.)
Step 2.
Run self-test.
q
q
Step 3.
If error 116 is still displayed, go to step 3.
Replace the A11 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If error 116 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 116 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 116 is displayed, contact your local ANRITSU service center for assistance.
5-35
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-16.
Error Messages 107, 117, 118, 119, and 120
A12 Analog Instruction
Error 107
Error 117
Error 118
Error 119
Error 120
Sweep Time Check Failed
Linearizer Check Failed
Switchpoint DAC Failed
Center Frequency Circuits Failed
Delta-F Circuits Failed
Description: Each of these error messages indicates a problem in the
circuitry on the A12 Analog Instruction PCB that provides frequency
tuning voltages for the YIG-tuned oscillator.
Step 1.
Perform a preliminary calibration. (Refer to chapter 4 for
the calibration procedure.)
Step 2.
Run self-test.
q
q
Step 3.
If any of the error messages, listed above, is displayed, go
to step 3.
Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
5-36
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If any of the error messages, listed above, is displayed,
contact your local ANRITSU service center for assistance.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-17.
Error Messages 121, 122, 123, 127, 142, and 143 (1 of 2)
A10 ALC
Error 121
Error 122
Error 123
Error 127
Unleveled Indicator Failed
Level Reference Failed
Detector Log Amp Failed
Detector Input Circuit Failed
Description: Error 121 indicates a failure of the circuit that alerts
the CPU whenever the RF output power becomes unleveled. Each of
the other error messages indicates a problem in the circuitry on the
A10 ALC PCB that provides control of the RF output power level.
Step 1.
Replace the A10 PCB, and run self-test.
q
q
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If any of the error messages, listed above, is displayed,
contact your local ANRITSU service center for assistance.
Error 142 Sample and Hold Circuit Failed
Description: Error 142 indicates a failure of the sample and hold circuitry on the A10 PCB.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to go to the Internal
Pulse Modulation Status display.
c.
Step 2.
Disconnect the cable, W122, from A6J6.
Step 3.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a pulse train at
A6J6 (sample and hold signal to the A10 ALC PCB) with an
output level of 0 volts to +1 volt, a pulse period of 1 ms, and
a pulse width of 200 ms.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
Press On/Off to turn on pulse modulation.
If the signal is present and correct, reconnect cable W122
to A6J6 and go to step 4.
If the signal is not present or is incorrect, replace the A6
PCB.
Step 4.
Disconnect the cable, W122, from A10J1.
Step 5.
Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of the sample and
hold signal (pulse train described in step 3) at the end of the
cable, W122.
5-37
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-17.
q
q
Error Messages 121, 122, 123, 127, 142, and 143 (2 of 2)
If present, replace the A10 PCB.
If not present, replace the cable W122.
Error 143 Slope DAC Failed
Description: Error 143 indicates a problem with the level slope DAC
circuitry on the A10 PCB.
NOTE
When troubleshooting this error in a 682XXB model, begin
at step 3 of the procedure.
Step 1.
Recalibrate the ALC slope. (Refer to chapter 4 for the calibration procedure.)
Step 2.
Run self-test.
q
q
Step 3.
If error 143 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 143 is still displayed, go to step 4.
Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
5-38
If error 143 is still displayed, go to step 3.
Replace the A10 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
Step 4.
If error 143 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 143 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 143 is still displayed, contact your local ANRITSU
service center for assistance.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-18.
Error Messages 124, 125, and 126 (1 of 2)
YIG-tuned Oscillator
Error 124 Full Band Unlocked and Unleveled
Error 125 8.4-20 GHz Unlocked and Unleveled
Error 126 2-8.4 GHz Unlocked and Unleveled
Description: These error messages indicate either a failure of one or
both of the oscillators in the 2-20 GHz YIG-tuned oscillator assembly.
Step 1.
Connect a 562 Scalar Network Analyzer to the 682XXB/
683XXB as follows:
a. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB AUX I/O to the 562 AUX
I/O.
b. Connect the 562 DEDICATED GPIB to the 682XXB/
683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB.
c.
Step 2.
Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Channel A Input.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
Step 3.
Set up the 562 Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c.
Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
Step 4.
682XXB/683XXB MM
e.
Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f.
From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.
Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output
directly at the YIG-tuned oscillator’s output connector. The
amplitude of the RF signal should be >4 dBm throughout
the full sweep.
5-39
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-18.
q
q
Error Messages 124, 125, and 126 (2 of 2)
If the RF signal is correct in both frequency and amplitude throughout the full sweep, go to step 8.
If there is no RF signal for all or part of the sweep or if
the amplitude of the RF signal is low, go to step 5.
Step 5.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 6.
Using the oscilloscope, check for a –0.2 to –3.5 volt YIG
tuning ramp at A13TP10.
q
q
Step 7.
If the ramp signal is incorrect or not present, replace the
A13 PCB.
Using the oscilloscope, check for the YIG bias voltages at the
test points shown in Table 5-19.
q
q
Step 8.
If the ramp signal is correct, go to step 7.
If the YIG bias voltages are correct, replace the YIGtuned oscillator assembly.
If the YIG bias voltages are incorrect, replace the A13
PCB.
Run self-test again.
q
q
If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
If any of the error messages, listed above, are displayed,
contact your local ANRITSU service center for assistance.
Table 5-19.
YIG-tuned Oscillator Bias Voltages
Test Point
5-40
YIG-tuned Oscillator Bias Voltages
2 to 8.4 GHz
8.4 to 20 GHz
A13TP3
+6V
+6V
A13TP5
0V
+8V
A13TP6
–5V
–5V
A13TP7
+8V
0V
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (1 of 8)
Output Power Level Related Problems
(0.01 to 20 GHz)
Error 128 .01-2 GHz Unleveled
Description: Error 128 indicates a failure of of the down converter
leveling circuitry. The 682XXB/683XXB may or may not produce an RF
output in the 0.01 to 2 GHz frequency range. Thus, there are two troubleshooting paths for this problem—unleveled with output power and
unleveled with no/low output power.
Unleveled with output power (The warning message UNLEVELED
appears on the front panel display):
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 2.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
L1: +1.00 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 2.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
ALC Mode: Ext ALC Front
Leveling Menu: External Detector
Step 2.
Connect a detector to the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT connector and connect the detected DC output of the detector to
the front panel EXTERNAL ALC IN connector.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the warning message UNLEVELED no longer appears
on the front panel display, replace the down converter.
If the warning message UNLEVELED is still displayed,
replace the A10 PCB.
5-41
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (2 of 8)
Unleveled with no/low output power:
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 2.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
L1: +1.00 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 2.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
Leveling Menu: Internal
Step 2.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 3.
Disconnect the cable, W114, from A10J3.
Step 4.
Using the oscilloscope, check at the end of cable W114 for a
>2.0 volt down converter detector output throughout the full
sweep.
q
q
Step 5.
If the bias voltage is correct, go to step 6.
If the bias voltage is not correct, replace the A13 PCB.
Using the oscilloscope, check for a –2 volt PIN switch drive
voltage at A9TP19 and A9TP22. If the 682XXB/683XXB has
a SDM installed, also check for a +20 volt PIN switch drive
voltage at A9TP9.
q
q
5-42
If the detector voltage is incorrect, go to step 5.
Using the oscilloscope, check for a +15 volt down converter
bias voltage at A13TP14.
q
q
Step 6.
If the detector voltage is correct, replace the A10 PCB.
If the PIN switch drive voltage(s) is correct, go to step 7.
If the PIN switch drive voltage(s) is not correct, replace
the A9 PCB.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Step 7.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (3 of 8)
Connect a 562 Scalar Network Analyzer to the 682XXB/
683XXB as follows:
a. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB AUX I/O to the 562 AUX
I/O.
b. Connect the 562 DEDICATED GPIB to the 682XXB/
683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB.
c.
Step 8.
Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Channel A Input.
Set up the 562 Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c.
Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON
Step 9.
e.
Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f.
From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.
Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output
at J3 of the switched filter assembly. The amplitude of the
RF signal should be >17 dBm throughout the full sweep.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the amplitude of the RF signal is correct, replace the
down converter assembly.
If there is no RF signal or if the amplitude of the RF signal is low, replace the switched filter assembly.
5-43
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (4 of 8)
Error 129 Switched Filter or Level Detector Failed
Description: Error 129 indicates a failure of either the switched filter
or level detector circuitry. The 682XXB/683XXB may or may not produce an RF output in the 2 to 20 GHz frequency range. Thus, there are
two troubleshooting paths for this problem—unleveled with output
power and unleveled with no/low output power.
Unleveled with output power (The warning message UNLEVELED
appears on the front panel display):
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
L1: +1.00 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
ALC Mode: Ext ALC Front
Leveling Menu: External Detector
Step 2.
Connect a detector to the 682XXB/683XXB RF OUTPUT connector and connect the detected DC output of the detector to
the front panel EXTERNAL ALC IN connector.
q
q
5-44
If the warning message UNLEVELED no longer appears
on the front panel display, replace the directional coupler.
If the warning message UNLEVELED is still displayed,
replace the A10 PCB.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (5 of 8)
Unleveled with no/low output power:
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
L1: +1.00 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
Leveling Menu: Internal
Step 2.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 3.
Using the oscilloscope, check the switched filter bias voltages at A13TP4 and A13TP9. The bias voltage at A13TP4
should be +6 volts; the bias voltage at A13TP9 should be +8
volts. If the 682XXB/683XXB has a SDM installed, also
check for a +20 volt PIN switch drive voltage at A9TP9.
q
q
q
Step 4.
If the bias and the PIN switch drive voltages are correct,
go to step 4.
If the bias voltages are not correct, replace the A13 PCB.
If the PIN switch drive voltage is not correct, replace the
A9 PCB.
Connect a 562 Scalar Network Analyzer to the 682XXB/
683XXB as follows:
a. Connect the 682XXB/683XXB AUX I/O to the 562 AUX
I/O.
b. Connect the 562 DEDICATED GPIB to the 682XXB/
683XXB IEEE-488 GPIB.
c.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Connect the RF Detector to the 562 Channel A Input.
5-45
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Step 5.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (6 of 8)
Set up the 562 Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c.
Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
Step 6.
e.
Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f.
From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.
Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output
at J2 of the switched filter assembly. The amplitude of the
RF signal should be >+15 dbm (>+20 dBm with Option 15B)
throughout the full sweep.
q
q
5-46
If the amplitude of the RF signal is correct, check for bad
cables.
If there is no RF signal or if the amplitude of the RF signal is low, replace the switched filter assembly.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Error 130
Error 131
Error 132
Error 133
Error 134
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (7 of 8)
2-3.3 GH Switched Filter
3.3-5.5 GH Switched Filter
5.5-8.4 GH Switched Filter
8.4-13.25 GH Switched Filter
13.25-20 GH Switched Filter
Description: Each of these error messages indicates a failure in a
switched filter path within the switched filter assembly. The 682XXB/
683XXB may or may not produce an RF output in the frequency range of
the failed switched filter path.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
Step 2.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 3.
Using the oscilloscope, check for the switched filter PIN
switch drive voltages at the test points shown in Table 5-21.
q
q
If the PIN switch drive voltages are correct, replace the
switched filter assembly.
If the PIN switch drive voltages are incorrect, replace the
A9 PCB.
Table 5-21.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Switched Filter PIN Switch Drive Voltages
Test Point
Active Frequency
Range
Active
Voltage
Inactive
Voltage
A9TP18
2 to 3.3 GHz
–2V
+1V
A9TP10
3.3 to 5.5 GHz
–2V
+1V
A9TP12
5.5 to 8.4 GHz
–2V
+1V
A9TP16
8.4 to 13.25 GHz
–2V
+1V
A9TP21
13.25 to 20 GHz
–2V
+1V
A9TP17
2 to 8.4 GHz
–2V
+2V
5-47
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-20.
Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (8 of 8)
Error 135 Modulator or Driver Failed
Description: Error 135 indicates a failure of the modulator in the
switched filter assembly or the modulator driver circuitry on the A9
PIN Control PCB.
Step 1.
Replace the A9 PCB and run self-test.
q
q
Step 2.
If error 135 is still displayed, go to step 2.
Replace the switched filter assembly and run self-test again.
q
q
5-48
If error 135 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 135 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 135 is still displayed, contact your local ANRITSU
service center for assistance.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-22.
Error Messages 138, 139, 140, and 141 (1 of 2)
Output Power Level Related Problems
(20 to 40 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB Models with SDM
Error 138 SDM Unit or Driver Failed
Description: Error 138 indicates a failure of the SDM, a failure of the
SDM bias regulator circuitry on the A14 SDM Driver PCB, or a failure
of the frequency band selection circuitry on the A12 Analog Instruction
PCB. The 682XXB/683XXB will not produce an RF output in the 20 to
40 GHz frequency range.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 20.000 GHz
F2: 40.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
L1: +1.00 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 20.000 GHz
F2: 40.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
Step 2.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 3.
Using the oscilloscope, check for a +8 volts SDM bias voltage
at A14TP2 throughout the full sweep.
q
q
Step 4.
If error 138 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 138 is still displayed, go to step 5.
Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If the SDM bias voltage is not correct, go to step 4.
Replace the A14 PCB and run self-test again.
q
q
Step 5.
If the SDM bias voltage is correct, replace the SDM.
If error 138 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
If error 138 is still displayed, contact your local ANRITSU
service center for assistance.
5-49
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-22.
Error Messages 138, 139, 140, and 141 (2 of 2)
Error 139 32-40 GHz SDM Section Failed
Error 140 25-32 GHz SDM Section Failed
Error 141 20-25 GHz SDM Section Failed
Description: Each of these error messages indicates a failure in a
switched doubler filter path within the SDM. The 682XXB/683XXB
will not produce an RF output in the frequency range of the failed
switched doubler filter path.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. 682XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Step
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 40.000 GHz
Number of Steps: 400
L1: +1.00 dBm
683XXB Setup:
CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 40.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
Step 2.
Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 682XXB/
683XXB rear panel HORIZ OUT connector.
Step 3.
Using the oscilloscope, check the PIN switch drive voltages
at A9TP11, A9TP15, and A9TP24 (shown in Table 5-23).
q
q
If the PIN switch drive voltages are correct, replace the
SDM.
If the PIN switch drive voltages are not correct, replace
the A9 PCB.
Table 5-23.
5-50
SDM PIN Switch Drive Voltages
Test Point
Active Frequency
Range
Active
Voltage
Inactive
Voltage
A9TP9
0.01 to 20 GHz
+20V
–15V
A9TP11
20 to 25 GHz
+20V
–15V
A9TP15
25 to 32 GHz
+20V
–15V
A9TP24
32 to 40 GHz
+20V
–15V
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-24.
Error Message 144
Error 144 RF was Off when Selftest started. Some tests where
not performed
Description: Indicates that some self-tests where not performed because the RF Output was selected OFF on the front panel.
Step 1.
Press the OUTPUT key on the front panel to turn the RF
Output ON.
Step 2.
Run self-test again.
Table 5-25.
Error Message 145
Error 145 AM Meter or associated circuitry failed
Description: Indicates a failure of the internal amplitude modulation
function. The 682XXB/683XXB may or may not provide amplitude
modulation of the RF output signal using modulating signals from an
external source.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then AM to go to the Internal AM
Status display.
c.
Step 2.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 volt peak to
peak sine wave signal with a period of 100 ms at the rear
panel AM OUT connector.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
Press On/Off to turn internal amplitude modulation on.
If present, replace the A10 PCB.
If not present, replace the A8 PCB.
5-51
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-26.
Error Message 147
Error 147 Internal FM circuitry failed
Description: Indicates a failure of the internal frequency modulation
function. The 682XXB/683XXB may or may not provide frequency
modulation of the RF output signal using modulating signals from an
external source.
Step 1.
Set up the 682XXB/683XXB as follows:
a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then FM to go to the Internal FM
Status display.
c.
Step 2.
Press On/Off to turn internal frequency modulation on.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 volt peak to
peak sine wave signal with a period of 100 ms at the rear
panel FM OUT connector.
q
q
Table 5-27.
If present, replace the A11 PCB.
If not present, replace the A8 PCB.
Error Message 148 (1 of 2)
Error 148 Pulse 40 MHz reference circuitry failed.
Description: Indicates a failure of the pulse generator 40 MHz oscillator circuitry. The pulse generator may still function; however, the
40 MHz oscillator is not phase locked to the 10 MHz reference timebase. The pulse modulation function may or may not operate. Error 106
(Power Supply not Phase-locked) may also be displayed.
Step 1.
Disconnect cable W108 at A6J1.
Step 2.
Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz at the
end of cable W108.
q
q
If not present, go to step 3.
Step 3.
Reconnect cable W108 to A6J1 and disconnect it at A5J4.
Step 4.
Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at A5J4.
q
q
5-52
If present, replace the A6 PCB.
If present, replace the cable W108.
If not present, go to step 5.
682XXB/683XXB MM
TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLES
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 5-27.
Error Message 148 (2 of 2)
Step 5.
Reconnect cable W108 to A5J4 and disconnect cable W121 at
A5J5.
Step 6.
Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at the end of cable W121.
q
q
If present, replace the A5 PCB.
If not present, go to step 7.
Step 7.
Reconnect cable W121 to A5J5 and disconnect it at A4J7.
Step 8.
Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at A4J7.
q
q
Step 9.
If present, replace the cable W121.
If not present, go to step 9.
Reconnect cable W121 to A4J7 and disconnect cable W105 at
A4J6.
Step 10. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at the end of cable W105.
q
q
If present, replace the A4 PCB.
If not present, go to step11.
Step 11. Reconnect cable W105 to A4J6 and disconnect it at A3J4.
Step 12. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at A3J4.
q
q
682XXB/683XXB MM
If present, replace the cable W105.
If not present, replace the A3 PCB.
5-53/5-54
Chapter 6
Removal and Replacement
Procedures
Table of Contents
6-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-2
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE CHASSIS
COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-3
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-4
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A3, A4, A5,
OR A6 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6-5
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A7 PCB. . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-6
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A8, A9, A10,
A11, OR A12 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-7
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A13, A14,
OR A15 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Table of Contents (Continued)
6-8
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A16 OR
A17 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-9
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A18 OR
A19 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6-10
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE REAR
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-11
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21 PCB . . 6-16
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6-12
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21-1 PCB . 6-17
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-13
REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FAN
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Chapter 6
Removal and Replacement
Procedures
6-1
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides procedures for gaining access to the major
682XXB/683XXB assemblies, subassemblies, and components for
troubleshooting or replacement.
WARNING
Hazardous voltages are present inside the 682XXB/683XXB
whenever ac line power is connected. Turn off the unit and
remove the line cord before removing any covers or panels.
Troubleshooting and repair procedures should only be performed by service personnel who are fully aware of the potential hazards.
CAUTION
Many subassemblies in the signal generator contain staticsensitive components. Improper handling of these subassemblies may result in damage to the components. Always
observe the static-sensitive component handling procedures
described in Chapter 1, Figure 1-4.
682XXB/683XXB MM
6-3
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-2
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE
CHASSIS COVERS
NOTE
The screws with green heads have
metric threads. When it becomes
necessary to replace any of these
screws, always use the exact replacement green-headed screws
(ANRITSU P/N 2000-560) to avoid
damage to the instrument.
6-4
CHASSIS
COVERS
Troubleshooting procedures require removal of the top cover. Replacement of some 682XXB/683XXB assemblies and parts require removal
of all covers. The following procedure describes this process.
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit.
Procedure
Remove and replace the chassis covers as follows:
Step 1
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
screws and the two feet from the top corners at the rear of the instrument (Figure
6-1).
Step 2
Remove the screw that fastens the top
cover to the chassis. (The screw is located
at the rear of the instrument.)
Step 3
Slide the top cover out along the grooves
in the chassis and set it aside.
Step 4
Turn the instrument over so that the bottom cover is on top.
Step 5
Remove the screws and the two feet from
the bottom corners at the rear of the instrument.
Step 6
Remove the screw that fastens the bottom
cover to the chassis. (The screw is located
at the rear of the instrument.)
Step 7
Slide the bottom cover out along the
grooves in the chassis and set it aside.
Step 8
Turn the instrument over to return it to
the upright position.
Step 9
Remove the screws and the carrying handle from the side handle cover. (The two
screws fastening the carrying handle
through the side handle cover to the chassis are accessable by lifting up the rubber
covering at the each end of the handle.)
Step 10
Remove the screw that fastens the side
handle cover to the chassis. (The screw is
located at the rear of the instrument.)
Step 11
Remove the side handle cover and set it
aside.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
CHASSIS
COVERS
Step 12
Remove the screw that fastens the other
side cover to the chassis. (The screw is located at the rear of the instrument.)
Step 13
Remove the side cover and set it aside.
Step 14
To replace the chassis covers, reverse the
procedure used to remove them.
Rear Feet
(4)
(2)
Top Cover
(2)
Carrying
Handle
(2)
Side Handle
Cover
683MM29.CDR
Figure 6-1.
Chassis Covers Removal
682XXB/683XXB MM
6-5
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-3
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY
NOTE
The screws with green heads have
metric threads. When it becomes
necessary to replace any of these
screws, always use the exact replacement green-headed screws
(ANRITSU P/N 2000-560) to avoid
damage to the instrument.
6-6
FRONT PANEL
ASSEMBLY
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
front panel assembly of the 682XXB/683XXB. The front panel assembly contains the A1 and A2 Front Panel PCBs. Refer to Figure 6-2 during this procedure.
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Procedure
Remove and replace the front panel assembly as follows:
Step 1
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
screws and the front handle assemblies
from the instrument. (For instruments
not having front handles, remove the
screws and the front top and bottom feet
from the instrument.)
Step 2
Remove the rotary knob from the front
panel by pulling straight out on it.
Step 3
Carefully pull the front panel away from
the chassis until the screws attaching the
front panel assembly to the chassis are
accessable.
Step 4
Remove the screws attaching the front
panel assembly to the chassis sides.
Step 5
Disconnect the front panel ribbon cables
from connectors J1 and J22 of the Motherboard.
Step 6
Turn the instrument upside down.
Step 7
Remove the screw attaching the front
panel assembly to the chassis pan.
Step 8
Carefully pull the front panel assembly
forward until it is clear of the RF OUTPUT connector.
Step 9
Disconnect the coaxial cables, W119 and
W120, from the front panel assembly connectors A2J14 and A2J13 by pulling
straight out on the cable connectors.
Step 10
To replace the front panel assembly, reverse the removal process.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
Figure 6-2.
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL DIAGRAM
Front Panel Assembly Removal
682XXB/683XXB MM
6-7
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-4
6-8
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE A3, A4,
A5, OR A6 PCB
A3, A4, A5,
OR A6 PCB
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A3 Reference Loop PCB, the A4 Coarse Loop PCB, the A5 Fine Loop
PCB, or the A6 Pulse Generator PCB, all of which are located in the
RF housing (see Figure 6-3).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.
Procedure
Remove and replace the A3, A4, A5, or A6 PCB as
follows:
Step 1
Disconnect the coaxial cables from the
PCB to be removed by lifting up on the
cable connectors.
Step 2
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
nine screws that retain the RF housing
cover and set aside.
Step 3
Remove the RF housing cover and set
aside.
Step 4
Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and
lift it out of the RF housing.
Step 5
Remove the “O” rings installed on each
MCX connector and retain them for use
on the replacement PCB.
Step 6
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
PCB AND COMPONENT
LOCATOR DIAGRAM
A21-1
BNC/AUX I/0
Connector PCB
Rear Panel
A21 Line Filter/
Rectifier PCB
A21P2
Fan Assy.
A19 Power
Conditioner PCB
A19P2
A18 Power
Supply PCB
A19
2-20 GHz
YIG Oscillator
A17 CPU PCB
A16 CPU
Interface PCB
A15
Regulator PCB
A18
Switched
Filter Assy.
A17
A14 SDM/SQM
Driver PCB
A16
A13 YIG
Driver PCB
Test
Points
A15
A12 Analog
Instruction PCB
Down Converter
A14
A11 FM PCB
A13
A10 ALC PCB
A12
A9 PIN
Control PCB
A8 Function
Generator PCB
A7 YIG
Loop PCB
A6 Pulse
Generator PCB
A5 Fine
Loop PCB
A4 Coarse
Loop PCB
A3 Reference
Loop PCB
Directional
Coupler
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
20-40 GHz
SDM
A6
A5
A4
A3
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
Step
Attenuator
(Option 2)
10 MHz Hi-Stab
Crystal Oscillator
(Option 16)
Front Panel Assy.
(Containing
A1 & A2 PCB's)
RF Output
Connector
Figure 6-3.
Assembly and Component Locator Diagram
682XXB/683XXB MM
6-9
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-5
6-6
6-10
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE A7 PCB
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE A8, A9,
A10, A11, OR A12 PCB
A7 PCB
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A7 YIG Loop PCB, which is located in the main card cage (see Figure
6-3).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.
Procedure
Remove and replace the A7 PCB as follows:
Step 1
Remove the main card cage cover and set
aside.
Step 2
Using a 516-inch wrench, disconnect coaxial cable W31 from the Sampler/SRD
module on the PCB.
Step 3
Disconnect the coaxial cables at A7J1 and
A7J5 by lifting up on the cable connectors.
Step 4
Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and
lift it out of the card cage.
Step 5
To replace the A7 PCB, reverse the removal process.
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A8 Function Generator PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, the A10 ALC
PCB, the A11 FM PCB, or the A12 Analog Instruction PCB, all of
which are located in the main card cage (see Figure 6-3).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.
Procedure
Remove and replace the A8, A9, A10, A11, or A12
PCB as follows:
Step 1
Remove the main card cage cover and set
aside.
Step 2
Disconnect any coaxial cables from the
PCB to be removed by lifting up on the
cable connectors.
Step 3
Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and
lift it out of the card cage.
Step 4
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-7
6-8
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE A13,
A14, OR A15 PCB
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE A16 OR
A17 PCB
682XXB/683XXB MM
A13, A14,
OR A15 PCB
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A13 YIG Driver PCB, the A14 SDM, SQM Driver PCB, or the A15
Regulator PCB, all of which are located in the main card cage (see Figure 6-3). Each of these PCB assemblies consists of a PCB and a PCB
Heat Sink subassembly.
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.
Procedure
Remove and replace the A13, A14, or A15 PCB as
follows:
Step 1
Remove the main card cage cover and set
aside.
Step 2
Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and
lift it out of the card cage.
Step 3
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
two screws that fasten the PCB Heat
Sink subassembly to the chassis pan.
Step 4
Lift the PCB Heat Sink subassembly out
of the card cage.
Step 5
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A16 CPU Interface PCB or the A17 CPU PCB, both of which are located in the CPU housing assembly (see Figure 6-3).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.
Procedure
Remove and replace the A16 or A17 PCB as follows:
Step 1
Remove the CPU cover and set aside.
Step 2
Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and
lift it out of the CPU housing.
Step 3
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
6-11
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-9
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE A18 OR
A19 PCB
A18 OR
A19 PCB
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A18 Power Supply PCB or the A19 AC Line Conditioner PCB, both of
which are located in the power supply housing assembly (see Figure
6-3).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.
WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB to discharge before removing either the A18 or A19
PCB.
Procedure
6-12
Remove and replace the A18 or A19 PCB as follows:
Step 1
Remove the power supply cover and set it
aside.
Step 2
If the A19 PCB is being removed, (1) disconnect the cable assembly from the A21
Line Filter/Rectifier PCB at A19P2 and
(2) remove the Nylatch fastener used to
secure the PCB to the housing assembly.
Step 3
Lift up the edge tabs on the PCB and lift
it out of the power supply housing.
Step 4
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-10
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE REAR
PANEL ASSEMBLY
REAR PANEL
ASSEMBLY
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
rear panel assembly of the 682XXB/683XXB. The rear panel assembly
contains the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB, the A21-1 BNC/AUX I/O
Connector PCB, the line module assembly, and the fan assembly. Refer
to Figure 6-4 during this procedure.
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB to discharge before removing the rear panel assembly.
Procedure
682XXB/683XXB MM
Remove and replace the rear panel assembly as follows:
Step 1
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
screw on the top of the rear panel assembly that fastens the rear panel assembly
to the bracket attached to the power supply housing.
Step 2
Turn the instrument upside down.
Step 3
Remove the three screws from the rear
panel assembly. (One screw fastens the
rear panel assembly to the bracket attached to the power supply housing; the
other two screws attach the rear panel assembly to the Motherboard.)
Step 4
Return the instrument to the upright position.
Step 5
Remove the screws attaching the rear
panel assembly to the chassis sides.
Step 6
Using a 7 16-inch wrench, disconnect the
coaxial cables (W110, W109, and W130)
going to the rear panel 10 MHz REF IN,
10 MHz REF OUT, and FM IN BNC connectors.
Step 7
Disconnect the coaxial cables W127,
W128, and W129 from the A21-1 PCB by
lifting up on the cable connectors.
Step 8
Remove the power supply cover and set it
aside.
6-13
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-14
REAR PANEL
ASSEMBLY
Step 9
Disconnect the cable assembly from the
A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB at connector P2 on the A19 PCB.
Step 10
Carefully pull the rear panel assembly
away from the signal generator chassis
until the cable connections to the Motherboard are accessable.
Step 11
Disconnect the fan cable connector from
J13 on the Motherboard.
Step 12
Disconnect the A21-1 PCB ribbon cable
connector from J14 on the Motherboard.
Step 13
Disconnect the GPIB cable connector from
J16 on the Motherboard.
Step 14
Carefully pull the rear panel assembly
completely free from the 682XXB/683XXB
chassis.
Step 15
To replace the rear panel assembly, reverse the removal process.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
Figure 6-4.
REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL DIAGRAM
Rear Panel Assembly Removal
682XXB/683XXB MM
6-15
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-11
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE
A21 PCB
A21 PCB
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB, which is located on the rear panel assembly (see Figure 6-4).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit. Remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Remove the rear panel assembly as described in
paragraph 6-10.
WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB to discharge before removing the rear panel assembly.
Procedure
6-16
Remove and replace the A21 PCB as follows:
Step 1
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
four screws that fasten the A21 shield to
the A21 PCB.
Step 2
Remove the shield and set it aside.
Step 3
Disconnect the cables connected to P1,
P2, and P6 on the PCB.
Step 4
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
four screws that fasten the PCB to the
rear panel assembly and set aside.
Step 5
Remove the PCB from the rear panel assembly.
Step 6
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
682XXB/683XXB MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-12
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE
A21-1 PCB
A21-1 PCB
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
A21-1 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB, which is located on the rear
panel assembly (see Figure 6-4).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit. Remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Remove the rear panel assembly as described in
paragraph 6-10.
WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB to discharge before removing the A21-1 PCB.
Procedure
682XXB/683XXB MM
Remove and replace the A21-1 PCB as follows:
Step 1
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the
four screws that fasten the A21 shield to
the A21 PCB.
Step 2
Remove the shield and set it aside.
Step 3
Disconnect the ribbon cable connector
from the A21-1 PCB.
Step 4
Using a ANRITSU P/N T1451 tool, remove
the dress nuts from the 12 rear panel
BNC connectors.
Step 5
Carefully remove the A21-1 PCB from the
rear panel assembly.
Step 6
To replace the PCB, reverse the removal
process.
6-17
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6-13
REMOVING AND
REPLACING THE FAN
ASSEMBLY
FAN
ASSEMBLY
This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
fan assembly, which is located on the rear panel assembly (see Figure
6-4).
Preliminary
Disconnect the power cord from the unit. Remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Remove the rear panel assembly as described in
paragraph 6-10.
WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB to discharge before removing the rear panel assembly.
Procedure
Remove and replace the fan assembly as follows:
Step 1
With the rear panel laying flat, use a
Phillips screwdriver to remove the four
screws and flat washers that fasten the
fan mount to the rear panel.
Step 2
Lift the fan mount, containing the fan assembly, from the rear panel assembly.
Step 3
Remove the fan assembly from the fan
mount.
Step 4
Clean the honeycomb fan filter as required before replacing the fan assembly.
Step 5
To replace the fan assembly, reverse the
removal process.
NOTE
To ensure proper cooling of the unit,
always mount the fan assembly
with the airflow direction indicator
arrow on the fan body pointing toward the interior of the instrument.
6-18
682XXB/683XXB MM
Appendix A
Test Records
A-1
INTRODUCTION
This appendix provides test records for recording the results of the
Performance Verification tests (Chapter 3) and the Calibration procedures (Chapter 4). They jointly provide the means for maintaining an
accurate and complete record of instrument performance. Test records
are provided for all models of the Series 682XXB/683XXB Synthesized
Signal Generators. Table A-1provides the location of each test record
in this appendix.
Each test record has been customized to cover a particular 682XXB/
683XXB model. It contains specific references to frequency parameters
and power levels that are applicable only to that instrument model
and its available options.
We recommend that you make a copy of these pages each time the test
procedures are performed. By dating each Test Record copy, a detailed
history of instrument performance can be accumulated.
Table A-1.
682XXB/683XXB MM
Test Record Index
Model Number
Performance Verification
Calibration
68237B/68337B
A-3 thru A-14
A-15 thru A-18
68245B/68345B
A-19 thru A-32
A-33 thru A-36
68247B/68347B
A-37 thru A-50
A-51 thru A-54
68253B/68353B
A-55 thru A-67
A-69 thru A-72
68255B/68355B
A-73 thru A-87
A-89 thru A-92
68259B/68359B
A-93 thru A-107
A-109 thru A-112
68263B/68363B
A-113 thru A-125
A-127 thru A-130
68265B/68365B
A-131 thru A-145
A-147 thru A-150
68269B/68369B
A-151 thru A-165
A-167 thru A-170
68275B/68375B
A-171 thru A-183
A-185 thru A-188
68277B/68377B
A-189 thru A-201
A-203 thru A-206
68285B/68385B
A-207 thru A-219
A-221 thru A-224
68287B/68387B
A-225 thru A-237
A-239 thru A-242
68295B/68395B
A-243 thru A-254
A-255 thru A-258
68297B/68397B
A-259 thruA-270
A-271 thru A-274
A-1/A-2
ANRITSU Model 68237B/68337B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-3
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X37B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
2.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 001 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 002 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 003 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 004 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 005 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 006 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 007 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 008 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 009 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 010 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X37B with Option 11)
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
2.000 000 100
_____________________
2.000 000 200
_____________________
2.000 000 300
_____________________
2.000 000 400
_____________________
2.000 000 500
_____________________
2.000 000 600
_____________________
2.000 000 700
_____________________
2.000 000 800
_____________________
2.000 000 900
_____________________
2.000 001 000
_____________________
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz
A-4
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
This test is not applicable to the 68237B/68337B model.
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-5
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
A-6
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-7
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68237B/68337B without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+13.0 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68337B only)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
A-8
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68237B/68337B with Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68337B only)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-9
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68237B/68337B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+17 dBm
_________dBm
+16 dBm
_________dBm
+15 dBm
_________dBm
+14 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+17 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68337B only)
Set L1 to:
+17 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
A-10
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy And Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68237B/68337B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+15 dBm
_________dBm
+14 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+15 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68337B only)
Set L1 to:
+15 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-11
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68237B/68337B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68237B/68337B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-12
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68237B/68337B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 0.5 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-13
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______dB
N/A
Measured Value
Upper Limit
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68237B/68337B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68237B/68337B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-14
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68237B/68337B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68237B/68337B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-15
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68337B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for £2 GHz
(This step is not applicable to the 68337B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_____N/A______
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68337B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-16
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
4-13 FM Calibration (68237B/68337B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68237B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68337B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-17
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68237B/68337B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-18
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68245B/68345B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
per day
(5x10
with Option 16)
A-19
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X45B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
1.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X45B with Option 11)
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-20
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals £2.2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 500 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 500 MHz carrier
1.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
1.5 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.0 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 800 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 800 MHz carrier:
1.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.4 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
4.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 1.3 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 1.3 GHz carrier:
2.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.9 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
5.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.2 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-21
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2.2 to 10 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.4 GHz carrier:
4.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
7.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
9.6 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
19.2 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
A-22
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-23
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–84 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–95 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–112 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–78 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–91 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–89 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–106 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-24
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68245B/68345B without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68345B only)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-25
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68245B/68345B with Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68345B only)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
A-26
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68245B/68345B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+17 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+16 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+15 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+14 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 12dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68345B only)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-27
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68245B/68345B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+15 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+14 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68345B only)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).
A-28
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68245B/68345B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68245B/68345B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-29
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 69245A/69345A . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
A-30
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
682XXB/683XXB MM
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
A-31
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68245B/68345B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68245B/68345B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-32
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68245B/68345B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68245B/68345B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-33
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68345B having Firmware Version 1.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-34
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
4-13 FM Calibration (68245B/68345B with Firmware Version 1.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68245B/68345B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-35
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68245B/68345B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-36
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68247B/68347B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-37
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X47B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
1.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X47B with Option 11)
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-38
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 350 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-39
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
A-40
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-41
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–74 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–82 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-42
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68247B/68347B without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68347B only)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-43
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68247B/68347B with Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68347B only)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-44
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68247B/68347B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+17 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+16 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+15 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+14 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 12dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68347B only)
Set L1 to:
+13 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-45
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68247B/68347B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+15 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+14 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz);1.6 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68347B only)
Set L1 to:
+11 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-46
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68247B/68347B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68247B/68347B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-47
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68247B/68347B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
A-48
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–0.5 dB
_______ dB
+0.5 dB
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
682XXB/683XXB MM
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
A-49
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured
Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______dB
N/A
60 dB
_______dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68247B/68347B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68247B/68347B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-50
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68247B/68347B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68247B/68347B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-51
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68347B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for 2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68347B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-52
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
4-13 FM Calibration (68247B/68347B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68247B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68347B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-53
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68247B/68347B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-54
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68253B/68353B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-55
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
2.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-56
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X53B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X53B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
2.000 001 000
_____________________
2.000 000 100
_____________________
2.000 002 000
_____________________
2.000 000 200
_____________________
2.000 003 000
_____________________
2.000 000 300
_____________________
2.000 004 000
_____________________
2.000 000 400
_____________________
2.000 005 000
_____________________
2.000 000 500
_____________________
2.000 006 000
_____________________
2.000 000 600
_____________________
2.000 007 000
_____________________
2.000 000 700
_____________________
2.000 008 000
_____________________
2.000 000 800
_____________________
2.000 009 000
_____________________
2.000 000 900
_____________________
2.000 010 000
_____________________
2.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
This test is not applicable to the 68253B/68353B model.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-57
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
A-58
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc is Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-59
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
A-60
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68253B/68353B without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68353B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-61
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68253B/68353B with Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68353B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-62
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68253B/68353B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 10 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68353B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 10 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-63
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68253B/68353B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 7.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68353B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 7.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-64
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68253B/68353B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68253B/68353B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-65
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68253B/68353B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 0.5 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
A-66
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68253B/68353B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68253B/68353B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-67/A-68
ANRITSU Model 68253B/68353B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68253B/68353B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-69
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68353B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for £2 GHz
(This step is not applicable to the 68353B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_____N/A______
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68353B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-70
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
4-13 FM Calibration (68253B/68353B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68253B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68353B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-71
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68253B/68353B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-72
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68255B/68355B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-73
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-74
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X55B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X55B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-75
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals £2.2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 500 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 500 MHz carrier
1.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
1.5 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.0 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 800 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 800 MHz carrier:
1.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.4 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
4.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 1.3 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 1.3 GHz carrier:
2.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.9 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
5.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.2 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
A-76
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2.2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.4 GHz carrier:
4.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
7.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
9.6 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
19.2 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-77
TEST
RECORD
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
MODEL
68255B/68355B
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–84 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–95 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–112 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–78 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–91 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–89 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–106 dBc
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
A-78
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-79
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68255B/68355B without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68355B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-80
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68255B/68355B with Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68355B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-81
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68255B/68355B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 10 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68355B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 10 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-82
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68255B/68355B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 7.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68355B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 7.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-83
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68255B/68355B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68255B/68355B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-84
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68255B/68355B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-85
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-86
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68255B/68355B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68255B/68355B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-87/A-88
ANRITSU Model 68255B/68355B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68255B/68355B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-89
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68355B having Firmware Version 1.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calbration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-90
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
4-13 FM Calibration (68255B/68355B with Firmware Version 1.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68255B/68355B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-91
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68255B/68355B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FΜ Μοδε Σενσιτιϖιτψ Χαλιβρατιον (χαλτερµ 149). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-92
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68259B/68359B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-93
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-94
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X59B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X59B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-95
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 350 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
A-96
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-97
TEST
RECORD
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
MODEL
68259B/68359B
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–74 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–82 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
A-98
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-99
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68259B/68359B without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 26.5 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68359B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-100
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68259B/68359B with Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 26.5 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68359B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-101
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68259B/68359B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 10 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 26.5 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68359B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 10 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz);2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-102
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68259B/68359B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2A Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 22.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 7.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 26.5 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68359B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 7.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 26.5 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-103
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68259B/68359B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68259B/68359B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-104
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68259B/68359B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________%
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-105
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured
Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-106
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68259B/68359B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68259B/68359B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-107/A-108
ANRITSU Model 68259B/68359B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68259B/68359B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-109
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68359B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for 2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68359B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calbration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-110
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
4-13 FM Calibration (68259B/68359B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68259B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68359B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-111
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68259B/68359B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-112
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68263B/68363B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-113
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
2.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-114
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X63B)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X63Bwith Option 11)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value ***
2.000 001 000
_____________________
2.000 000 100
_____________________
2.000 002 000
_____________________
2.000 000 200
_____________________
2.000 003 000
_____________________
2.000 000 300
_____________________
2.000 004 000
_____________________
2.000 000 400
_____________________
2.000 005 000
_____________________
2.000 000 500
_____________________
2.000 006 000
_____________________
2.000 000 600
_____________________
2.000 007 000
_____________________
2.000 000 700
_____________________
2.000 008 000
_____________________
2.000 000 800
_____________________
2.000 009 000
_____________________
2.000 000 900
_____________________
2.000 010 000
_____________________
2.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
This test is not applicable to the 68263B/68363B model.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-115
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
A-116
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-117
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
A-118
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68263B/68363B without Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68363B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-119
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68263B/68363B with Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68363B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-120
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68263B/68363B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68363B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-121
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68263B/68363B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68363B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (2 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-122
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68263B/68363B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68263B/68363B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-123
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68263B/68363B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 0.5 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
A-124
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Measured Value
Upper Limit
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68263B/68363B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68263B/68363B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-125/A-126
ANRITSU Model 68263B/68363B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68263B/68363B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-127
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68363B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for £2 GHz
(This step is not applicable to the 68363B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_____N/A______
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68363B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustmemt (68363B only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the DAC setting values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-128
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
4-13 FM Calibration (68263B/68363B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68263B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68363B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-129
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68263B/68363B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-130
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68265B/68365B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-131
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-132
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X65B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X65B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-133
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals £2.2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 500 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 500 MHz carrier
1.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
1.5 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.0 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 800 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 800 MHz carrier:
1.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.4 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
4.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 1.3 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 1.3 GHz carrier:
2.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.9 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
5.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.2 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
A-134
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2.2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.4 GHz carrier:
4.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
7.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
9.6 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
19.2 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-135
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–84 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–95 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–112 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–78 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–91 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–89 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–106 dBc
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
A-136
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-137
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68265B/68365B without Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68365B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-138
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68265B/68365B with Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68365B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-139
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68265B/68365B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68365B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-140
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68265B/68365B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68365B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-141
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68265B/68365B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68265B/68365B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-142
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68265B/68365B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 µs
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 µs
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-143
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-144
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68265B/68365B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68265B/68365B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-145/A-146
ANRITSU Model 68265B/68365B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68265B/68365B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-147
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68365B having Firmware Version 1.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-148
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
4-13 FM Calibration (68265B/68365B with Firmware Version 1.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68265B/68365B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-149
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68265B/68365B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-150
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68269B/68369B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-151
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-152
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X69B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X69B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-153
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 350 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
A-154
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-155
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc*
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–74 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–82 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
A-156
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-157
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68269B/68369B without Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68369B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-158
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68269B/68369B with Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68369B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-159
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68269B/68369B with Option 15B High Power & without Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+13 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+12 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68369B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 6 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-160
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68269B/68369B with Option 15B High Power & Option 2B Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+11 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68369B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 3 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-161
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68269B/68369B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68269B/68369B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-162
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68269B/68369B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-163
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-164
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68269B/68369B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68269B/68369B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-165/A-166
ANRITSU Model 68269B/68369B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68269B/68369B’s with Option 15B)
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-167
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68369B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for £2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68369B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment (68369B only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-168
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
4-13 FM Calibration (68269B/68369B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68269B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above
68369B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-169
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68269B/68369B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-170
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68275B/68375B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-171
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
41.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
42.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
43.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
44.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
45.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
46.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
47.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
48.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
49.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
50.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-172
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X75B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X75B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-173
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals £2.2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 500 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 500 MHz carrier
1.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
1.5 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.0 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 800 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 800 MHz carrier:
1.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.4 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
4.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 1.3 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 1.3 GHz carrier:
2.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.9 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
5.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.2 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
A-174
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2.2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.4 GHz carrier:
4.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
7.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
9.6 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
12.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
16.8 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
19.2 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-175
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–84 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–95 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–112 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–78 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–91 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–89 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–106 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-176
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-177
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68275B/68375B without Option 2C Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 45.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 2.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.5 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68375B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 2.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to 50 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-178
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68275B/68375B with Option 2C Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 45.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
–11 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
–11 dBm
_________dBm
–12 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
–12 dBm
_________dBm
–13 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
– 1 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68375B only)
Set L1 to:
– 1 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 10.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-179
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68275B/68375B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68275B/68375B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-180
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68275B/68375B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-181
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-182
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68275B/68375B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68275B/68375B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-183/A-184
ANRITSU Model 68275B/68375B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-185
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68375B having Firware Version 1.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-186
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
4-13 FM Calibration (68275B/68375B with Firmware Version 1.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68275B/68375B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-187
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68275B/68375B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-188
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68277B/68377B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-189
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
41.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
42.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
43.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
44.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
45.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
46.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
47.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
48.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
49.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
50.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
A-190
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X77B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X77B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-191
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 350 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
A-192
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-193
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–74 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–82 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-194
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-195
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68277B/68377B without Option 2C Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 45.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 2.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68377B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 2.5 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to
50 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-196
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68277B/68377B with Option 2C Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 45.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
–11 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
–11 dBm
_________dBm
–12 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
–12 dBm
_________dBm
–13 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
– 1 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68377B only)
Set L1 to:
– 1 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 10.2 dB (40 to
50 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-197
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68277B/68377B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68277B/68377B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-198
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68277B/68377B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-199
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 µs
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 µs
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–0.5 dB
_______ dB
+0.5 dB
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-200
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68277B/68377B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68277B/68377B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-201/A-202
ANRITSU Model 68277B/68377B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-203
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68377B having Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for £2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. ALC Slope DAC adjustment for >2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68377B having Firware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment (68377B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-204
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
4-13 FM Calibration (68277B/68377B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68277B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68377B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-205
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68277B/68377B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-206
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68285B/68385B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-207
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
41.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
42.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
43.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
44.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
45.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
46.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
47.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
48.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
49.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
50.000 000 000
_____________________
A-208
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests (Continued)
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure (Continued)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
51.000 000 000
_____________________
56.000 000 000
_____________________
52.000 000 000
_____________________
57.000 000 000
_____________________
53.000 000 000
_____________________
58.000 000 000
_____________________
54.000 000 000
_____________________
59.000 000 000
_____________________
55.000 000 000
_____________________
60.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X85B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X85B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-209
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals £2.2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 500 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 500 MHz carrier
1.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
1.5 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.0 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 800 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 800 MHz carrier:
1.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.4 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
4.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 1.3 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 1.3 GHz carrier:
2.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.9 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
5.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.2 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
A-210
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2.2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.4 GHz carrier:
4.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
7.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
9.6 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
12.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
16.8 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
19.2 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-211
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–84 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–95 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–112 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–78 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–91 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–89 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–106 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-212
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-213
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68285B/68385B without Option 2D Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 55.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
0 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 10 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.5 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68385B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to 60 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-214
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68285B/68385B with Option 2D Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 55.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
–11 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
–12 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 11 dBm
_________dBm
–13 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 12 dBm
_________dBm
–14 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.5 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68385B only)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 10.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-215
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68285B/68385B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68285B/68385B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-216
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68285B/68385B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-217
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–0.5 dB
_______ dB
+0.5 dB
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-218
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68285B/68385B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68285B/68385B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-219/A-220
ANRITSU Model 68285B/68385B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-221
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68385B having Firmware Version 1.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-222
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
4-13 FM Calibration (68285B/68385B with Firmware Version 1.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68285B/68385B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-223
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68285B/68385B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-224
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68287B/68387B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-225
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
41.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
42.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
43.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
44.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
45.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
46.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
47.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
48.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
49.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
50.000 000 000
_____________________
A-226
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests (Continued)
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure (Continued)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
51.000 000 000
_____________________
56.000 000 000
_____________________
52.000 000 000
_____________________
57.000 000 000
_____________________
53.000 000 000
_____________________
58.000 000 000
_____________________
54.000 000 000
_____________________
59.000 000 000
_____________________
55.000 000 000
_____________________
60.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X87B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X87B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-227
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 350 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
A-228
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-229
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–74 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–82 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-230
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-231
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68287B/68387B without Option 2D Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 55.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
0 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 10 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
+ 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68387B only)
Set L1 to:
+ 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to
60 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-232
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)
(Model 68287B/68387B with Option 2D Step Attenuator)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 55.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+ 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
–11 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
–10 dBm
_________dBm
–12 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 11 dBm
_________dBm
–13 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 12 dBm
_________dBm
–14 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68387B only)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 10.2 dB (40 to
60 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-233
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68287B/68387B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68287B/68387B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-234
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68287B/68387B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
A-235
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–0.5 dB
_______ dB
+0.5 dB
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
A-236
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68287B/68387B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68287B/68387B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-237/A-238
ANRITSU Model 68287B/68387B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-239
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68387B having Firmware Version 2.00 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-240
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
4-13 FM Calibration (68287B/68387B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68287B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68387B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-241
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68287B/68387B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-242
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68295B/68395B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-243
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
41.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
42.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
43.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
44.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
45.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
46.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
47.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
48.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
49.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
50.000 000 000
_____________________
A-244
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests (Continued)
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure (Continued)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
51.000 000 000
_____________________
59.000 000 000
_____________________
52.000 000 000
_____________________
60.000 000 000
_____________________
53.000 000 000
_____________________
61.000 000 000
_____________________
54.000 000 000
_____________________
62.000 000 000
_____________________
55.000 000 000
_____________________
63.000 000 000
_____________________
56.000 000 000
_____________________
64.000 000 000
_____________________
57.000 000 000
_____________________
65.000 000 000
_____________________
58.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X95B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X95B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-245
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals 2.2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 500 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 500 MHz carrier
1.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
1.5 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.0 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 800 MHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 800 MHz carrier:
1.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
2.4 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
4.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 1.3 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 1.3 GHz carrier:
2.6 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
3.9 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
5.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.2 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.2 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
A-246
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2.2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2.2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.4 GHz carrier:
4.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
7.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
9.6 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
12.0 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
16.8 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
19.2 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-247
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–84 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–95 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–112 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–78 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–91 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–89 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–106 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-248
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-249
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68295B/68395B)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 60.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 11 dBm
_________dBm
0 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 12 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 13 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 14 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 65 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68395B only)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (0.5 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to 65 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).
A-250
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68295B/68395B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68295B/68395B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-251
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68295B/68395B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
A-252
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–0.5 dB
_______ dB
+0.5 dB
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-253
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.10 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68295B/68395B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68295B/68395B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-254
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68295B/68395B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-255
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68395B having Firmware Version 1.00 or above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-256
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
4-13 FM Calibration (68295B/68395B with Firmware Version 1.00)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68295B/68395B with Firmware Version 1.07 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-257
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68295B/68395B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-258
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68297B/68397B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Tested By: __________________________
3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________per day
682XXB/683XXB MM
Upper Limit
–8
2x10 per day
–10
(5x10
per day
with Option 16)
A-259
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
1.000 000 000
_____________________
26.000 000 000
_____________________
2.000 000 000
_____________________
27.000 000 000
_____________________
3.000 000 000
_____________________
28.000 000 000
_____________________
4.000 000 000
_____________________
29.000 000 000
_____________________
5.000 000 000
_____________________
30.000 000 000
_____________________
6.000 000 000
_____________________
31.000 000 000
_____________________
7.000 000 000
_____________________
32.000 000 000
_____________________
8.000 000 000
_____________________
33.000 000 000
_____________________
9.000 000 000
_____________________
34.000 000 000
_____________________
10.000 000 000
_____________________
35.000 000 000
_____________________
11.000 000 000
_____________________
36.000 000 000
_____________________
12.000 000 000
_____________________
37.000 000 000
_____________________
13.000 000 000
_____________________
38.000 000 000
_____________________
14.000 000 000
_____________________
39.000 000 000
_____________________
15.000 000 000
_____________________
40.000 000 000
_____________________
16.000 000 000
_____________________
41.000 000 000
_____________________
17.000 000 000
_____________________
42.000 000 000
_____________________
18.000 000 000
_____________________
43.000 000 000
_____________________
19.000 000 000
_____________________
44.000 000 000
_____________________
20.000 000 000
_____________________
45.000 000 000
_____________________
21.000 000 000
_____________________
46.000 000 000
_____________________
22.000 000 000
_____________________
47.000 000 000
_____________________
23.000 000 000
_____________________
48.000 000 000
_____________________
24.000 000 000
_____________________
49.000 000 000
_____________________
25.000 000 000
_____________________
50.000 000 000
_____________________
A-260
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests (Continued)
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure (Continued)
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
Test Frequency (in GHz)
Measured Value *
51.000 000 000
_____________________
59.000 000 000
_____________________
52.000 000 000
_____________________
60.000 000 000
_____________________
53.000 000 000
_____________________
61.000 000 000
_____________________
54.000 000 000
_____________________
62.000 000 000
_____________________
55.000 000 000
_____________________
63.000 000 000
_____________________
56.000 000 000
_____________________
64.000 000 000
_____________________
57.000 000 000
_____________________
65.000 000 000
_____________________
58.000 000 000
_____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68X97B)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value **
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68X97B with Option 11)
Test Frequency (in Ghz)
Measured Value ***
1.000 001 000
_____________________
1.000 000 100
_____________________
1.000 002 000
_____________________
1.000 000 200
_____________________
1.000 003 000
_____________________
1.000 000 300
_____________________
1.000 004 000
_____________________
1.000 000 400
_____________________
1.000 005 000
_____________________
1.000 000 500
_____________________
1.000 006 000
_____________________
1.000 000 600
_____________________
1.000 007 000
_____________________
1.000 000 700
_____________________
1.000 008 000
_____________________
1.000 000 800
_____________________
1.000 009 000
_____________________
1.000 000 900
_____________________
1.000 010 000
_____________________
1.000 001 000
_____________________
** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
682XXB/683XXB MM
*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.
A-261
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–30 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 350 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
Set F1 to 1.6 GHz
Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–40 dBc
A-262
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz)
Measure Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 2.1 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 3.6 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 7.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 16.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–50 dBc
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-263
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 0.6 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–74 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–82 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
Set F1 to 2.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–77 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 6.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–85 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 10.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–70 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–83 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–80 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–99 dBc
Set F1 to 20.0 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–63 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–97 dBc
A-264
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (Continued)
Test Procedure
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 26.5 GHz
Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–60 dBc
1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–75 dBc
10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–73 dBc
100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______________dBc
–93 dBc
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-265
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests
(Model 68297B/68397B)
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set F1 to 25.0 GHz
Set F1 to 60.0 GHz
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
Set L1 to:
Measured Power *
+10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
+ 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 3 dBm
_________dBm
+ 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 4 dBm
_________dBm
+ 7 dBm
_________dBm
– 0.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 5 dBm
_________dBm
+ 6 dBm
_________dBm
– 1.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 6 dBm
_________dBm
+ 5 dBm
_________dBm
– 2.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 7 dBm
_________dBm
+ 4 dBm
_________dBm
– 3.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 8 dBm
_________dBm
+ 3 dBm
_________dBm
– 4.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 9 dBm
_________dBm
+ 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 5.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 10 dBm
_________dBm
+ 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 6.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 11 dBm
_________dBm
0 dBm
_________dBm
– 7.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 12 dBm
_________dBm
– 1 dBm
_________dBm
– 8.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 13 dBm
_________dBm
– 2 dBm
_________dBm
– 9.5 dBm
_________dBm
– 14 dBm
_________dBm
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.0 dB.
* Specification is ±1.5 dB.
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Step Sweep)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation **
_________dB
** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 1.6 dB (0.05 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 65 GHz).
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep) (Model 68397B only)
Set L1 to:
– 2 dBm
Max Power
_________dBm
Min Power
__________dBm
Variation ***
_________dB
*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to
65 GHz)(typical, not a specification).
A-266
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test
AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . .
__________
Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . .
_________ %
45%
55%
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation .
_______ MHz
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
190 MHz
210 MHz
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68297B/68397B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68297B/68397B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
682XXB/683XXB MM
93.7%
106.3%
A-267
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68297B/68397B . . . . . . . .
_______ MHz
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
93.7%
106.3%
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level
Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Measure and record the following:
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ ns
10 ns
Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–10 ns
_______ ms
+10 ns
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N/A
_______ %
10%
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
A-268
–0.5 dB
+0.5 dB
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
–1.0 dB
+1.0 dB
Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dBm
Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______ dB
+0.5 dB
Measured Value
Upper Limit
–0.5 dB
3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough
Test Procedure
Lower Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms
Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . .
682XXB/683XXB MM
–10 mV
_______ mV
+10 mV
A-269
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio
Test Procedure (1 GHz)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
60 dB
_______ dB
N/A
Set F1 to 1.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
Test Procedure (5 GHz)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum
Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) .
3-17 Phase Modulation Tests
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Wide FM Mode)
Lower Limit
Measured Value
Upper Limit
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68297B/68397B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
93.7%
106.3%
FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure
(Narrow FM Mode)
Set F1 to 5.0 GHz
Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68297B/68397B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_______rad
Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
_________ %
A-270
93.7%
106.3%
682XXB/683XXB MM
ANRITSU Model 68297B/68397B
Serial Number __________________
Date: __________________________
Calibrated By: __________________________
4-7 Preliminary Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration
1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Completion
______________
Limiter DAC Adjustment
2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Shaper DAC Adjustment
2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-271
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
4-9 RF Level Calibration
This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact ANRITSU Customer Service for further information.
4-10 ALC Slope Calibration (68397B having Firmware Version 2.00 or above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-12 AM Calibration
Procedure Step
Step Completion
2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-272
682XXB/683XXB MM
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
4-13 FM Calibration (68297B/68397B with Firmware Version 1.01 to 2.10)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Offset Balance Calibration (calterm 126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal FM Wide Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal FM Narrow Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4-13 FM Calibration (68297B with Firmware Version 2.18 and above;
68397B with Firmware Version 2.20 and above)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity
Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
682XXB/683XXB MM
A-273
TEST
RECORD
MODEL
68297B/68397B
4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)
Procedure Step
Step Completion
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
A-274
682XXB/683XXB MM
Subject Index
0-9
682XXB/683XXB
Assembly and Component Locator Diagram, 6-9
General Description, 1-3
Major Subsystems Functional Description, 2-3
Manuals, Related, 1-6
Models, List of, 1-4 - 1-5
Options, List of, 1-7
Startup Configurations, 1-11
System Block Diagram, 2-6 - 2-7
A
ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation Subsystem
Block Diagram, 2-17
Functional Description, 2-15
ANRITSU Service Centers, 1-18
C
Calibration
ALC Bandwidth Calibration, 4-31
ALC Slope Calibration, 4-23
AM Calibration, 4-33
FM Calibration, 4-37
Following Subassembly Replacement, 4-4
Initial Setup, 4-7
Phase Modulation Calibration, 4-51
Preliminary Calibration, 4-13
RF Level Calibration, 4-22
Switched Filter Shaper Calibration, 4-17
Test Equipment, 4-3
Test Record, 68237B/68337B, A-15 - A-18
Test Record, 68245B/68345B, A-33 - A-36
Test Record, 68247B/68347B, A-51 - A-54
Test Record, 68253B/68353B, A-69 - A-72
Test Record, 68255B/68355B, A-89 - A-92
Test Record, 68259B/68359B, A-109 - A-112
Test Record, 68263B/68363B, A-127 - A-130
Test Record, 68265B/68365B, A-147 - A-150
Test Record, 68269B/68369B, A-167 - A-170
Test Record, 68275B/68375B, A-185 - A-188
Test Record, 68277B/68377B, A-203 - A-206
Test Record, 68285B/68385B, A-221 - A-224
Test Record, 68287B/68387B, A-239 - A-242
682XXB/683XXB MM
Test Record, 68295B/68395B, A-255 - A-258
Test Record, 68297B/68397B, A-271 - A-274
Chassis Covers
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-4
E
Electrostatic Discharge Precautions, 1-9
Error Messages
Operation Related, 5-7
Self-Test, 5-3 - 5-6
Exchange Assembly Program
Program Description, 1-14
F
Fan Assembly
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-18
Frequency Synthesis Subsystem
Block Diagram, 2-11
Functional Description, 2-9
Front Panel Assembly
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-6
Functional Description
682XXB/683XXB Major Subsystems, 2-3
ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation Subsystem, 2-15
Frequency Synthesis Subsystem, 2-9
RF Deck Assemblies, 2-19
System Block Diagram, 2-6 - 2-7
G
General Description, 1-3
I
Identification Number, 1-5
M
Maintenance, Level of , 1-8
Manual, Electronic, 1-6
Manual, GPIB Programming, 1-6
Manual, Operation, 1-6
Manual, SCPI Programming, 1-6
Models, List of, 1-4 - 1-5
Index 1
SUBJECT
INDEX
N-T
N
Normal Operation Error/Warning Messages, 5-7
O
Options, List of, 1-7
P
Parts and Subassemblies, Replaceable, 1-14
Parts Ordering Information, 1-14
ANRITSU Service Centers, 1-14
Performance Verification Tests, 3-3
Preventive Maintenance
Fan Filter Cleaning, 1-9
R
Rear Panel Assembly
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-13
Recommended Test Equipment, 1-12
Removal and Replacement Procedures
A13, A14, or A15 PCB, 6-11
A16 or A17 PCB, 6-11
A18 or A19 PCB, 6-12
A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB, 6-16
A21-1 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB, 6-17
A3, A4, A5, or A6 PCBs, 6-8
A7 YIG Loop PCB, 6-10
A8, A9, A10, A11, or A12 PCB, 6-10
Assembly and Component Locator Diagram, 6-9
Chassis Covers, 6-4
Fan Assembly, 6-18
Front Panel Assembly, 6-6
Rear Panel Assembly, 6-13
Replaceable Subassemblies and Parts, 1-14
RF Deck Assemblies
Block Diagram, 2-21 - 2-22, 2-27 - 2-28
Functional Description, 2-19
S
Scope of Manual, 1-3
Self-Test Error Messages, 5-3
Startup Configurations, 1-11
Static-Sensitive Component Precautions, 1-9
Index 2
T
Test Equipment, Recommended, 1-12
Testing, Performance Verification
Amplitude Modulation Test, 3-30
Frequency Modulation Tests, 3-33
Frequency Synthesis Tests, 3-11
Harmonic Test: RF Output 2 to 20 GHz, 3-18
Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test, 3-8
Maximum Leveled Power Listing, 3-6 - 3-7
Phase Modulation Tests, 3-48
Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests, 3-26
Pulse Modulation Test: Overshoot, 3-39
Pulse Modulation Test: Pulse Level
Accuracy, 3-39
Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/RF Off
Ratio, 3-45
Pulse Modulation Test: Rise/Fall Time, 3-39
Pulse Modulation Test: Video
Feedthrough, 3-43
Single Sideband Phase Noise Test, 3-22
Spurious Signals Test: RF Output <2 GHz, 3-14
Test Equipment, 3-3
Test Record, 68237B/68337B, A-3 - A-14
Test Record, 68245B/68345B, A-19 - A-32
Test Record, 68247B/68347B, A-37 - A-50
Test Record, 68253B/68353B, A-55 - A-67
Test Record, 68255B/68355B, A-73 - A-87
Test Record, 68259B/68359B, A-93 - A-107
Test Record, 68263B/68363B, A-113 - A-125
Test Record, 68265B/68365B, A-131 - A-145
Test Record, 68269B/68369B, A-151 - A-165
Test Record, 68275B/68375B, A-171 - A-183
Test Record, 68277B/68377B, A-189 - A-201
Test Record, 68285B/68385B, A-207 - A-219
Test Record, 68287B/68387B, A-225 - A-237
Test Record, 68295B/68395B, A-243 - A-254
Test Record, 68297B/68397B, A-259 - A-270
Troubleshooting
Connector/Test Points Locator Diagram, 5-11
Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error
Message, 5-10
Normal Operation Error/Warning
Messages, 5-7
Self-Test Error Messages, 5-3
Troubleshooting Tables, 5-10, 5-12 - 5-53
682XXB/683XXB MM